-
61 unión
f.1 union, concord, togetherness.2 union, binding, binding together, linkage.3 union, labor union, trade union.4 link, bonding, join, bond.5 union, coalition, league.6 union, adherence, cling, coalescence.7 junction, bind.8 henosis, junctura.* * *1 union\en unión de together withla unión hace la fuerza there is strength in numbers* * *noun f.1) union2) joint* * *SF1) (=acción)a) [de puntos, extremos] joining together; [de empresas] mergerla operación consiste en la unión de los extremos del hueso fracturado — the operation consists of joining together the two ends of the fractured bone
crearon el nombre de la empresa mediante la unión de sus apellidos — the name of the company was created by joining together o combining their surnames
b)en unión con o de — (=acompañado de) together with, along with; (=en asociación con) in association with, together with
viajó a París en unión de sus colegas — he travelled to Paris together with o along with his associates
la construcción del centro fue concedida a Unitex, en unión con otra empresa — the contract to build the centre was awarded to Unitex, in association with another firm
2) (=cualidad) unity3) (=organización)Unión General de Trabajadores — Esp socialist union confederation
Unión Soviética — ( Hist) Soviet Union
4) [de pareja] (=matrimonio) union5) (Mec) jointpunto de unión — junction ( entre between)
* * *1)a) ( acción)b) ( agrupación) associationc) la Unión Americana (Méx) (Period) ( Estados Unidos) the United States2) ( relación) union, relationship; ( matrimonio) union, marriage3) ( juntura) joint* * *= coming together, joining together, linkage, confounding, piecing together, union, junction, marriage, togetherness, bringing together, conjoining.Ex. Knowledge generally evolves from an identifiable base, and often new subjects arise from the coming together of two previously separate subjects.Ex. Such schemes are essentially analytical in nature, but do not permit any synthesis or joining together of concepts that have been divided from one another.Ex. We have just stated that the linkage of varying titles and varying forms of entry have to be done on the same basis in an automated situation as in a manual situation.Ex. The confounding of opposites is also common though, again, care has to be taken to see that we do not confound two subjects on which extensive literature exists.Ex. Progress in research is dependent on the piecing together of items of information from many sources.Ex. By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.Ex. People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.Ex. Multimedia encyclopedias on CD-ROM are a nearly perfect marriage of technology and content.Ex. Mayo maintained that workers are motivated by ' togetherness' and crave individual recognition within the group = Mayo mantenía que los trabajadores se motivan por la solidaridad y anhelan el reconocimiento individual dentro del grupo.Ex. I have already mentioned that the bringing together of the various editions is the real problem.Ex. This sign is in effect a prototypical example of the conjoining of words and images.----* falta de unión = disunity.* la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers, strength in numbers.* unión civil = civil union.* unión monetaria = monetary union.* Unión Monetaria Europea (UME) = European Monetary Union (EMU).* unión política = political union.* Unión Soviética, la = Soviet Union, the, USSR, the.* * *1)a) ( acción)b) ( agrupación) associationc) la Unión Americana (Méx) (Period) ( Estados Unidos) the United States2) ( relación) union, relationship; ( matrimonio) union, marriage3) ( juntura) joint* * *= coming together, joining together, linkage, confounding, piecing together, union, junction, marriage, togetherness, bringing together, conjoining.Ex: Knowledge generally evolves from an identifiable base, and often new subjects arise from the coming together of two previously separate subjects.
Ex: Such schemes are essentially analytical in nature, but do not permit any synthesis or joining together of concepts that have been divided from one another.Ex: We have just stated that the linkage of varying titles and varying forms of entry have to be done on the same basis in an automated situation as in a manual situation.Ex: The confounding of opposites is also common though, again, care has to be taken to see that we do not confound two subjects on which extensive literature exists.Ex: Progress in research is dependent on the piecing together of items of information from many sources.Ex: By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.Ex: People value the public library highly as an educational and community resource and the library acts as an 'information junction' to bind the community together.Ex: Multimedia encyclopedias on CD-ROM are a nearly perfect marriage of technology and content.Ex: Mayo maintained that workers are motivated by ' togetherness' and crave individual recognition within the group = Mayo mantenía que los trabajadores se motivan por la solidaridad y anhelan el reconocimiento individual dentro del grupo.Ex: I have already mentioned that the bringing together of the various editions is the real problem.Ex: This sign is in effect a prototypical example of the conjoining of words and images.* falta de unión = disunity.* la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers, strength in numbers.* unión civil = civil union.* unión monetaria = monetary union.* Unión Monetaria Europea (UME) = European Monetary Union (EMU).* unión política = political union.* Unión Soviética, la = Soviet Union, the, USSR, the.* * *A1(acción): la unión de las dos empresas the merger of the two companiescon la unión de nuestros esfuerzos by combining our effortsla unión de estos factores the combination of these factorsla unión hace la fuerza united we stand2 (agrupación) association3B (relación) union, relationship; (matrimonio) union, marriagede esta unión nacieron dos hijos two children were born of this unionC (juntura) jointCompuestos:(homosexual) ≈ civil partnership; (heterosexual) ≈ couple in a stable relationship ( who acquire legal rights and responsibilities)( AmL) unmarried union; cohabitation(UE) Union of Industrial and Employers' Confederations of Europe(UE) Economic and Monetary UnionEuropean Union(UE)Western European Union( Hist) Soviet Union* * *
unión sustantivo femenino
1a) ( acción):
la unión de estos factores the combination of these factors
c)◊ la Uunión Americana (Méx) (Period) the United States
2 ( relación) union, relationship;
( matrimonio) union, marriage
3 ( juntura) joint
unión sustantivo femenino
1 (coalición) union
Unión Europea, European Union
2 (asociación) association
unión de consumidores, consumers' association
3 (cohesión) unity
4 (matrimonio, ligazón) union
5 (juntura) joint
' unión' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abogada
- abogado
- camaradería
- cohabitación
- conflictividad
- fracturar
- revigorizar
- sindical
- sindicarse
- sindicato
- soldadura
- UE
- UEFA
- unidad
- URSS
- alianza
- casamiento
- conjunción
- empate
- enlace
- gremial
- gremio
- llamar
- sindicalismo
- sindicalizarse
- Unión Europea
- Unión Soviética
- vínculo
English:
connection
- EMU
- EU
- European Union
- inflame
- intervene
- mating
- membership
- mismatch
- rep
- togetherness
- trade union
- trades union
- union
- Union Jack
- belong
- blue
- capacity
- European
- join
- joint
- labor union
- marriage
- official
- rank
- shop
- Soviet
- student
- trade
- TUC
- USSR
* * *unión nf1. [asociación] union;acudió a la ceremonia en unión de su familia she attended the ceremony together with her familyunión aduanera customs union;Unión Africana African Union;Méx la Unión Americana the United States;la Unión Europea the European Union;Unión Monetaria Monetary Union;Antes Unión Soviética Soviet Union2. [acción] joining, union;un compuesto es el resultado de la unión de dos palabras a compound is the result of the joining of two words;la unión de las dos empresas the union o merger of the two companies3. [juntura, adherimiento] join, joint4. [cohesión] unity;hay que potenciar la unión entre los ciudadanos we must foster a sense of unity among citizens;la unión hace la fuerza unity is strength5. [matrimonio] marriage, unionunión de hecho unmarried couple* * *f1 union;la unión hace la fuerza united we stand2 TÉC joint* * *1) : union2) juntura: joint, coupling* * *unión n1. (enlace) union2. (unidad) unity -
62 vital + Nombre
(n.) = vitally + AdjetivoEx. One cannot study any aspect of the reference process without being made aware just how vitally dependent it is for its success on the librarian's personal qualities.* * *(n.) = vitally + AdjetivoEx: One cannot study any aspect of the reference process without being made aware just how vitally dependent it is for its success on the librarian's personal qualities.
-
63 on
1.[ɒn]prepositionput something on the table — etwas auf den Tisch legen od. stellen
be on the table — auf dem Tisch sein
write something on the wall — etwas an die Wand schreiben
be hanging on the wall — an der Wand hängen
have something on one — etwas bei sich (Dat.) haben
be on the board/committee — im Vorstand/Ausschuss sein
2) (with basis, motive, etc. of)on the evidence — aufgrund des Beweismaterials
on the assumption/hypothesis that... — angenommen,...
3) in expressions of time an [einem Abend, Tag usw.]it's just on nine — es ist gerade neun
on [his] arrival — bei seiner Ankunft
on entering the room... — beim Betreten des Zimmers...
on time or schedule — pünktlich
4) expr. state etcthe drinks are on me — (coll.) die Getränke gehen auf mich
be on £20,000 a year — 20 000 Pfund im Jahr kriegen od. haben
5) (concerning, about) über (+ Akk.)2. adverb1)with/without a hat/coat on — mit/ohne Hut/Mantel
boil something with/without the lid on — etwas in geschlossenem/offenem Topf kochen
2) (in some direction)the light/radio etc. is on — das Licht/Radio usw. ist an
4) (arranged)is Sunday's picnic on? — findet das Picknick am Sonntag statt?
5) (being performed)what's on at the cinema? — was gibt es od. was läuft im Kino?
his play is currently on in London — sein Stück wird zur Zeit in London aufgeführt od. gespielt
6) (on duty)come/be on — seinen Dienst antreten/Dienst haben
7)something is on (feasible) /not on — etwas ist möglich/ausgeschlossen
you're on! — (coll.): (I agree) abgemacht!; (making bet) die Wette gilt!
be on about somebody/something — (coll.) [dauernd] über jemanden/etwas sprechen
what is he on about? — was will er [sagen]?
be on at/keep on and on at somebody — (coll.) jemandem in den Ohren/dauernd in den Ohren liegen (ugs.)
on to, onto — auf (+ Akk.)
be on to something — (have discovered something) etwas ausfindig gemacht haben. See also academic.ru/62377/right">right 4. 4)
* * *[on] 1. preposition1) (touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: The book was lying on the table; He was standing on the floor; She wore a hat on her head.) auf, in3) (at or during a certain day, time etc: on Monday; On his arrival, he went straight to bed.) an, bei4) (about: a book on the theatre.) über5) (in the state or process of: He's on holiday.) in6) (supported by: She was standing on one leg.) auf7) (receiving, taking: on drugs; on a diet.) auf9) (towards: They marched on the town.) zu10) (near or beside: a shop on the main road.) an12) (being carried by: The thief had the stolen jewels on him.) mit13) (when (something is, or has been, done): On investigation, there proved to be no need to panic.) als14) (followed by: disaster on disaster.) auf2. adverb1) ((especially of something being worn) so as to be touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: She put her hat on.) auf2) (used to show a continuing state etc, onwards: She kept on asking questions; They moved on.) weiter3) (( also adjective) (of electric light, machines etc) working: The television is on; Turn/Switch the light on.) an4) (( also adjective) (of films etc) able to be seen: There's a good film on at the cinema this week.) hinein5) (( also adjective) in or into a vehicle, train etc: The bus stopped and we got on.) im Gange3. adjective1) (in progress: The game was on.) stattfinden2) (not cancelled: Is the party on tonight?) stattfinden•- oncoming- ongoing
- onwards
- onward
- be on to someone
- be on to
- on and on
- on time
- on to / onto* * *on[ɒn, AM ɑ:n]I. prepthere are many books \on my desk auf meinem Tisch sind viele Bücherlook at that cat \on the chair! schau dir die Katze auf dem Stuhl an!\on top of sth [ganz] oben auf etw datput the pot \on the table! stell den Topf auf den Tisch!he had to walk out \on the roof er musste auf das Dach hinaufshe hung their washing \on the line to dry sie hängte ihre Wäsche zum Trocknen auf die Leinelet's hang a picture \on the wall lass uns ein Bild an die Wand hängento get \on a horse auf ein Pferd aufsteigen, aufsitzen, auf + datour house is \on Sturton Street unser Haus ist in der Sturton Streetthey lay \on the beach sie lagen am Strandthe town is \on the island die Stadt ist auf der Inselher new house is \on the river ihr neues Haus liegt am Fluss\on the balcony/her estate auf dem Balkon/ihrem Gut\on the border an der Grenzethe shop \on the corner der Laden an der Ecke\on the hill/mountain auf dem Hügel/Berg\on the left/right auf der linken/rechten Seite\on track two an Gleis zweiseveral bird houses hung \on the branches an den Ästen hingen mehrere Nistkästena huge chandelier hung \on the ceiling ein großer Kronleuchter hing von der Decke herabwith shoes \on his feet mit Schuhen an den Füßenthe wedding ring \on the ring finger der Ehering am RingfingerI hit my head \on the shelf ich habe mir den Kopf am Regal angestoßenshe tripped \on the wire sie blieb an dem Kabel hängenhe cut his foot \on some glass er hat sich den Fuß an einer Glasscherbe verletztto stumble \on sth über etw akk stolpernto lie \on one's back auf dem Rücken liegento stand \on one's head auf dem Kopf stehento have sth \on one etw bei sich dat habenI thought I had my driver's licence \on me ich dachte, ich hätte meinen Führerschein dabeihave you got a spare cigarette \on you? hast du eine Zigarette für mich übrig?how did you get that blood \on your shirt? wie kommt das Blut auf Ihr Hemd?he had a scratch \on his arm er hatte einen Kratzer am Armthere was a smile \on her face ein Lächeln lag auf ihrem Gesichta documentary \on volcanoes ein Dokumentarfilm über Vulkanehe needs some advice \on how to dress er braucht ein paar Tipps, wie er sich anziehen sollessays \on a wide range of issues Aufsätze zu einer Vielzahl von Themenhe commented \on the allegations er nahm Stellung zu den Vorwürfenhe advised her \on her taxes er beriet sie [o gab ihr Ratschläge] in Sachen SteuernI'll say more \on that subject later ich werde später mehr dazu sagenthey settled \on a price sie einigten sich auf einen Preisto congratulate sb \on sth jdn zu etw dat gratulierento frown \on sth etw missbilligento have something/anything \on sb etw gegen jdn in der Hand habendo the police have anything \on you? hat die Polizei etwas Belastendes gegen dich in der Hand?he reacted \on a hunch er reagierte auf ein Ahnung hinhe quit his job \on the principle that he did not want to work for an oil company er kündigte seine Stelle, weil er nicht für eine Ölgesellschaft arbeiten wolltethey cancelled all flights \on account of the bad weather sie sagten alle Flüge wegen des schlechten Wetters ab\on purpose mit Absicht, absichtlichdependent/reliant \on sb/sth abhängig von jdm/etwto be based \on sth auf etw dat basierento be based \on the ideas of freedom and equality auf den Ideen von Freiheit und Gleichheit basierento rely \on sb sich akk auf jdn verlassenhow many people are \on your staff? wie viele Mitarbeiter haben Sie?have you ever served \on a jury? warst du schon einmal Mitglied in einer Jury?whose side are you \on in this argument? auf welcher Seite stehst du in diesem Streit?a writer \on a women's magazine eine Autorin bei einer Frauenzeitschriftthe dog turned \on its own master der Hund ging auf seinen eigenes Herrchen losthe gangsters pulled a gun \on him die Gangster zielten mit der Pistole auf ihnthousands were marching \on Cologne Tausenden marschierten auf Köln zudon't be so hard \on him! sei nicht so streng mit ihm!criticism has no effect \on him Kritik kann ihm nichts anhabenhe didn't know it but the joke was \on him er wusste nicht, dass es ein Witz über ihn wartwo air raids \on Munich zwei Luftangriffe auf Münchenthey placed certain restrictions \on large companies großen Unternehmen wurden bestimmte Beschränkungen auferlegtthere is a new ban \on the drug die Droge wurde erneut verbotento place a limit \on sth etw begrenzento force one's will \on sb jdm seinen Willen aufzwingento cheat \on sb jdn betrügenhe's \on the phone er ist am Telefonshe weaved the cloth \on the loom sie webte das Tuch auf dem WebstuhlChris is \on drums Chris ist am Schlagzeugwe work \on flexitime wir arbeiten Gleitzeit\on the piano am KlavierI'd like to see that offer \on paper ich hätte dieses Angebot gerne schriftlichI saw myself \on film ich sah mich selbst im Filmwhat's \on TV tonight? was kommt heute Abend im Fernsehen?do you like the jazz \on radio? gefällt dir der Jazz im Radio?I heard the story \on the news today ich habe die Geschichte heute in den Nachrichten gehörta 10-part series \on Channel 3 eine zehnteilige Serie im 3. Programmto be available \on cassette auf Kassette erhältlich seinto store sth \on the computer etw im Computer speichernto put sth down \on paper etw aufschreiben [o BRD, ÖSTERR zu Papier bringen]to come out \on video als Video herauskommen\on the way to town auf dem Weg in die Stadt, mit + datI love travelling \on buses/trains ich fahre gerne mit Bussen/Zügenwe went to France \on the ferry wir fuhren mit der Fähre nach Frankreichhe got some sleep \on the plane er konnte im Flugzeug ein wenig schlafen\on foot/horseback zu Fuß/auf dem Pferdmany shops don't open \on Sundays viele Läden haben an Sonntagen geschlossenwhat are you doing \on Friday? was machst du am Freitag?we always go bowling \on Thursdays wir gehen donnerstags immer kegelnmy birthday's \on the 30th of May ich habe am 30. Mai Geburtstag\on a very hot evening in July an einem sehr heißen Abend im Juli\on Saturday morning/Wednesday evening am Samstagvormittag/Mittwochabend\on his brother's death beim Tod seines Bruders\on the count of three, start running! bei drei lauft ihr los!trains to London leave \on the hour every hour die Züge nach London fahren jeweils zur vollen Stundethe professor entered the room at 1:00 \on the minute der Professor betrat den Raum auf die Minute genau um 13.00 Uhr\on receiving her letter als ich ihren Brief erhielt\on arriving at the station bei der Ankunft im Bahnhof\on arrival/departure bei der Ankunft/Abreise\on the dot [auf die Sekunde] pünktlichto be finished \on schedule planmäßig fertig werdenwe were \on page 42 wir waren auf Seite 42he was out \on errands er machte ein paar Besorgungenwe made a big profit \on that deal wir haben bei diesem Geschäft gut verdient\on business geschäftlich, beruflichto work \on sth an etw dat arbeiten21. (regularly taking)▪ to be \on sth etw nehmenmy doctor put me \on antibiotics mein Arzt setzte mich auf Antibiotikahe lived \on berries and roots er lebte von Beeren und WurzelnRichard lives \on a diet of junk food Richard ernährt sich ausschließlich von Junkfoodto be \on drugs unter Drogen stehen, Drogen nehmento be \on medication Medikamente einnehmenshe wants it done \on the National Health Service sie möchte, dass die gesetzliche Krankenkasse die Kosten übernimmtthis meal is \on me das Essen bezahle ichthe drinks are \on me die Getränke gebe ich austo buy sth \on credit/hire purchase etw auf Kredit/Raten kaufen, von + datdoes this radio run \on batteries? läuft dieses Radio mit Batterien?I've only got £50 a week to live \on ich lebe von nur 50 Pfund pro Wochethey are living \on their savings sie leben von ihren Ersparnissento go \on the dole stempeln gehento live \on welfare von Sozialhilfe lebenI've wasted a lot of money \on this car ich habe für dieses Auto eine Menge Geld ausgegebenhow much interest are you paying \on the loan? wie viel Zinsen zahlst du für diesen Kredit?a few pence \on the electricity bill ein paar Pfennige mehr bei der Stromrechnungdogs should be kept \on their leads Hunde sollten an der Leine geführt werdento be \on the phone AUS, BRIT ans Telefonnetz angeschlossen sein, telefonisch erreichbar seinwe've just moved and we're not \on the phone yet wir sind gerade umgezogen und haben noch kein Telefon\on the agenda/list auf der Tagesordnung/Liste\on the whole im Ganzen, insgesamt\on the whole, it was a good year alles in allem war es ein gutes Jahrit's been \on my mind ich muss immer daran denkenshe had something \on her heart sie hatte etwas auf dem Herzenthat lie has been \on his conscience diese Lüge lastete auf seinem Gewissenthis is \on your shoulders das liegt in deiner Hand, die Verantwortung liegt bei dirthe future of the company is \on your shoulders du hast die Verantwortung für die Zukunft der Firma29. (experiencing)crime is \on the increase again die Verbrechen nehmen wieder zuI'll be away \on a training course ich mache demnächst einen Ausbildungslehrganghe's out \on a date with a woman er hat gerade eine Verabredung mit einer FrauI was \on a long journey ich habe eine lange Reise gemachtwe're going \on vacation in two weeks wir fahren in zwei Wochen in Urlaubto set sth \on fire etw anzündendid you know that she's got a new book \on the go? hast du gewusst, dass sie gerade ein neues Buch schreibt?to be \on strike streiken30. (compared with)I can't improve \on my final offer dieses Angebot ist mein letztes Wortsales are up \on last year der Umsatz ist höher als im letzten Jahrto have nothing [or not have anything] \on sth kein Vergleich mit etw dat seinmy new bike has nothing \on the one that was stolen mein neues Fahrrad ist bei Weitem nicht so gut wie das, das mir gestohlen wurde31. (by chance)▪ \on sb ohne jds Verschuldenshe was really worried when the phone went dead \on her sie machte sich richtig Sorgen, als das Telefon ausfiel, ohne dass sie etwas getan hattethe fire went out \on me das Feuer ist mir einfach ausgegangento chance \on sb jdn [zufällig] treffen, jdm [zufällig] begegnenthe government suffered defeat \on defeat die Regierung erlitt eine Niederlage nach der anderenwave \on wave of refugees has crossed the border immer neue Flüchtlingswellen strömten über die GrenzeClive's team is \on five points while Joan's is \on seven das Team von Clive hat fünf Punkte, das von Joan hat sieben34.▶ to be \on sth BRIT, AUS etw verdienen▶ \on the board in Planung▶ to have time \on one's hands noch genug Zeit haben1. (in contact with) aufmake sure the lid's \on properly pass auf, dass der Deckel richtig zu istthey sewed the man's ear back \on sie haben das Ohr des Mannes wieder angenähtto screw sth \on etw anschraubenI wish you wouldn't screw the lid \on so tightly schraube den Deckel bitte nicht immer so fest2. (on body) anput a jumper \on! zieh einen Pullover drüber!get your shoes \on! zieh dir die Schuhe an!to have/try sth \on etw anhaben/anprobierenwith nothing \on nackt3. (indicating continuance) weiterto get \on with sth mit etw dat weitermachento keep \on doing sth etw weitermachenif the phone's engaged, keep \on trying! wenn besetzt ist, probier es weiter!\on and \on immer weiterthe noise just went \on and \on der Lärm hörte gar nicht mehr aufhe talked \on and \on er redete pausenlos4. (in forward direction) vorwärtswould you pass it \on to Paul? würdest du es an Paul weitergeben?time's getting \on die Zeit vergehtfrom that day \on von diesem Tag anthey never spoke to each other from that day \on seit diesem Tag haben sie kein Wort mehr miteinander gewechseltlater \on späterwhat are you doing later \on? was hast du nachher vor?to urge sb \on jdn anspornenI'd never have managed this if my friend hadn't urged me \on ich hätte das nie geschafft, wenn mein Freund mich nicht dazu gedrängt hätte5. (being shown)▪ to be \on auf dem Programm stehenare there any good films \on at the cinema this week? laufen in dieser Woche irgendwelche guten Filme im Kino?what's \on at the festival? was ist für das Festival geplant?there's a good film \on this afternoon heute Nachmittag kommt ein guter Film6. (scheduled) geplantis the party still \on for tomorrow? ist die Party noch für morgen geplant?I've got nothing \on next week ich habe nächste Woche nichts vorI've got a lot \on this week ich habe mir für diese Woche eine Menge vorgenommen7. (functioning) anthe brakes are \on die Bremsen sind angezogenis the central heating \on? ist die Zentralheizung an?to put the kettle \on das Wasser aufsetzento leave the light \on das Licht anlassento switch/turn sth \on etw einschaltencould you switch \on the radio? könntest du das Radio anmachen?8. (aboard)the horse galloped off as soon as she was \on kaum war sie aufgesessen, da galoppierte das Pferd schon los9. (due to perform)you're \on! du bist dran!10.12.what are you \on about? wovon redest du denn nun schon wieder?he knows what he's \on about er weiß, wovon er redetI never understand what she's \on about ich verstehe nie, wovon sie es hat famshe's still \on at me to get my hair cut sie drängt mich dauernd, mir die Haare schneiden zu lassen▶ to be \on AM aufpassen▶ to hang \on warten▶ head \on frontal▶ \on and off, off and \on hin und wieder, ab und zuthe bike hit our car side \on das Rad prallte von der Seite auf unser Auto▶ this way \on AUS, BRIT auf diese Weise▶ to be well \on spät sein▶ to be well \on in years nicht mehr der Jüngste seinIII. adj inv, attrthis seems to be one of her \on days es scheint einer von ihren guten Tagen zu sein2. ELEC, TECH\on switch Einschalter m* * *[ɒn]1. PREPOSITIONWhen on is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg live on, lecture on, look up the verb. When it is part of a set combination, eg on the right, on request, on occasion, look up the other word.1) indicating place, position auf (+dat); (with vb of motion) auf (+acc); (on vertical surface, part of body) an (+dat); (with vb of motion) an (+acc)he hung it on the wall/nail — er hängte es an die Wand/den Nagel
a house on the coast/main road — ein Haus am Meer/an der Hauptstraße
he hit his head on the table/on the ground — er hat sich (dat) den Kopf am Tisch/auf dem or am Boden angeschlagen
on TV/the radio — im Fernsehen/Radio
held on computer — auf Computer (dat) gespeichert
2)= by means of, using
we went on the train/bus — wir fuhren mit dem Zug/Buson a bicycle — mit dem ( Fahr)rad
on foot/horseback — zu Fuß/Pferd
3) = about, concerning über (+acc)a book on German grammar we read Stalin on Marx — ein Buch über deutsche Grammatik wir lasen Stalins Ausführungen zu Marx
4) in expressions of time an (+dat)stars visible on clear nights — Sterne, die in klaren Nächten sichtbar sind
5)= earning, getting
I'm on £18,000 a year — ich bekomme £ 18.000 im Jahr6) = at the time of bei (+dat)on hearing this he left — als er das hörte, ging er
7) = as a result of auf... (acc) hin8) indicating membership in (+dat)he is on the committee/the board — er gehört dem Ausschuss/Vorstand an, er sitzt im Ausschuss/Vorstand
he is on the "Evening News" — er ist bei der "Evening News"
9)10)= at the expense of
this round is on me — diese Runde geht auf meine Kostenhave it on me — das spendiere ich (dir), ich gebe (dir) das aus
See:→ house11) = compared with im Vergleich zuprices are up on last year( 's) — im Vergleich zum letzten Jahr sind die Preise gestiegen
12)= taking
to be on drugs/the pill — Drogen/die Pille nehmen13)he made mistake on mistake — er machte einen Fehler nach dem anderen14)he played (it) on the violin/trumpet — er spielte (es) auf der Geige/Trompeteon drums/piano — am Schlagzeug/Klavier
Roland Kirk on tenor sax — Roland Kirk, Tenorsaxofon
15) = according to nach (+dat)on your theory — Ihrer Theorie nach or zufolge, nach Ihrer Theorie
2. ADVERB1)= in place, covering
he screwed the lid on — er schraubte den Deckel draufshe had nothing on —
2)put it this way on — stellen/legen Sie es so herum (darauf)3)move on! — gehen Sie weiter!, weitergehen!4)from now on — von jetzt anit was well on in the night — es war zu vorgerückter Stunde, es war spät in der Nacht
5)to keep on talking — immer weiterreden, in einem fort reden6)__diams; on and on they talked on and on — sie redeten und redeten, sie redeten unentwegtshe went on and on — sie hörte gar nicht mehr auf __diams; to be on at sb
he's always on at me — er hackt dauernd auf mir herum, er meckert dauernd an mir herum (inf)
he's always on at me to get my hair cut — er liegt mir dauernd in den Ohren, dass ich mir die Haare schneiden lassen soll
he's been on at me about that several times — er ist mir ein paar Mal damit gekommen (inf) __diams; to be on about sth
she's always on about her experiences in Italy — sie kommt dauernd mit ihren Italienerfahrungen (inf)
what's he on about? —
he knows what he's on about — er weiß, wovon er redet
3. ADJECTIVEthe "on" switch — der Einschalter
in the "on" position —
2) = in place lid, cover draufhis hat/tie was on crookedly — sein Hut saß/sein Schlips hing schief
his hat/coat was already on — er hatte den Hut schon auf/den Mantel schon an
3)= taking place
there's a tennis match on at the moment — ein Tennismatch ist gerade im Gangwhat's on in London? —
4)= being performed, performing
to be on (in theatre, cinema) — gegeben or gezeigt werden; (on TV, radio) gesendet or gezeigt werdenwho's on tonight? (Theat, Film) — wer spielt heute Abend?, wer tritt heute Abend auf?; (TV) wer kommt heute Abend (im Fernsehen)?
you're on now (Theat, Rad, TV) — Ihr Auftritt!, Sie sind (jetzt) dran (inf)
tell me when the English team is on — sagen Sie mir, wenn die englische Mannschaft dran ist or drankommt
5)you're on! —
are you on? ( inf = are you with us ) —,, machst du mit?
you're/he's not on ( Brit inf ) — das ist nicht drin (inf)
* * *on [ɒn; US auch ɑn]A präpthe scar on his face die Narbe in seinem Gesicht;a ring on one’s finger ein Ring am Finger;have you got a lighter on you? haben Sie ein Feuerzeug bei sich?;find sth on sb etwas bei jemandem finden4. (Richtung, Ziel) auf (akk) … (hin), an (akk), zu:a blow on the chin ein Schlag ans Kinn;drop sth on the floor etwas auf den Fußboden oder zu Boden fallen lassen;hang sth on a peg etwas an einen Haken hängen5. fig (auf der Grundlage von) auf (akk) … (hin):based on facts auf Tatsachen begründet;live on air von (der) Luft leben;this car runs on petrol dieser Wagen fährt mit Benzin;a scholar on a foundation ein Stipendiat (einer Stiftung);borrow on jewels sich auf Schmuck(stücke) Geld borgen;a duty on silk (ein) Zoll auf Seide;interest on one’s capital Zinsen auf sein Kapitalloss on loss Verlust auf oder über Verlust, ein Verlust nach dem andern;be on one’s second glass bei seinem zweiten Glas seinbe on a committee (the jury, the general staff) zu einem Ausschuss (zu den Geschworenen, zum Generalstab) gehören;be on the “Daily Mail” bei der „Daily Mail“ (beschäftigt) seinbe on sth etwas (ein Medikament etc) (ständig) nehmen;be on pills tablettenabhängig oder -süchtig seina joke on me ein Spaß auf meine Kosten;shut (open) the door on sb jemandem die Tür verschließen (öffnen);the strain tells severely on him die Anstrengung nimmt ihn sichtlich mit;a) jemandem nichts voraus haben,b) jemandem nichts anhaben können;have sth on sb umg eine Handhabe gegen jemanden haben, etwas Belastendes über jemanden wissenan agreement (a lecture, an opinion) on sth;on Sunday, on the 1st of April, on April 1st;on or after April 1st ab oder mit Wirkung vom 1. April;on or before April 1st bis zum oder bis spätestens am 1. April;on being asked als ich etc (danach) gefragt wurde12. nachdem:on leaving school, he … nachdem er die Schule verlassen hatte, …13. gegenüber, im Vergleich zu:losses were £100,000 down on the previous yearB adva) an…:b) auf…:keep one’s hat on3. (a in Zusammensetzungen mit Verben) weiter(…):and so on und so weiter;on and on immer weiter;a) ab und zu,b) ab und an, mit Unterbrechungen;from that day on von dem Tage an;on with the show! weiter im Programm!;C adj präd1. be ona) im Gange sein (Spiel etc), vor sich gehen:what’s on? was ist los?;what’s on in London? was ist in London los?, was tut sich in London?;have you anything on tomorrow? haben Sie morgen etwas vor?;that’s not on! das ist nicht drin! umgb) an sein umg (Licht, Radio, Wasser etc), an-, eingeschaltet sein, laufen, auf sein umg (Hahn):on - off TECH An - Aus;the light is on das Licht brennt oder ist an(geschaltet);the brakes are on die Bremsen sind angezogen;the race is on SPORT das Rennen ist gestartet;you are on! abgemacht!d) d(a)ran (an der Reihe) seine) (mit) dabei sein, mitmachenbe well on ganz schön blau seinabout wegen)* * *1.[ɒn]prepositionput something on the table — etwas auf den Tisch legen od. stellen
have something on one — etwas bei sich (Dat.) haben
on the bus/train — im Bus/Zug; (by bus/train) mit dem Bus/Zug
be on the board/committee — im Vorstand/Ausschuss sein
2) (with basis, motive, etc. of)on the assumption/hypothesis that... — angenommen,...
3) in expressions of time an [einem Abend, Tag usw.]on [his] arrival — bei seiner Ankunft
on entering the room... — beim Betreten des Zimmers...
on time or schedule — pünktlich
4) expr. state etcthe drinks are on me — (coll.) die Getränke gehen auf mich
be on £20,000 a year — 20 000 Pfund im Jahr kriegen od. haben
5) (concerning, about) über (+ Akk.)2. adverb1)with/without a hat/coat on — mit/ohne Hut/Mantel
boil something with/without the lid on — etwas in geschlossenem/offenem Topf kochen
the light/radio etc. is on — das Licht/Radio usw. ist an
4) (arranged)what's on at the cinema? — was gibt es od. was läuft im Kino?
6) (on duty)come/be on — seinen Dienst antreten/Dienst haben
7)something is on (feasible) /not on — etwas ist möglich/ausgeschlossen
you're on! — (coll.): (I agree) abgemacht!; (making bet) die Wette gilt!
be on about somebody/something — (coll.) [dauernd] über jemanden/etwas sprechen
what is he on about? — was will er [sagen]?
be on at/keep on and on at somebody — (coll.) jemandem in den Ohren/dauernd in den Ohren liegen (ugs.)
on to, onto — auf (+ Akk.)
be on to something — (have discovered something) etwas ausfindig gemacht haben. See also right 4. 4)
* * *adj.eingeschaltet adj.in adj. prep.an präp.auf präp.bei präp.über präp. -
64 subject
тема глагол: имя существительное: имя прилагательное:подлежащий (subject, liable)подвластный (subject, dependent, dependant) -
65 ὁ
ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronounⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or stateⓐ w. nounsα. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receivesα. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. standsא. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also expressז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.ⓗ The neut. of the art. standsα. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. areα. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καία. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M. -
66 creature
'kri: ə1) (an animal or human being: all God's creatures.) criatura2) (a term of contempt or pity: The poor creature could hardly stand.) criaturacreature n animal / criaturatr['kriːʧəSMALLr/SMALL]1 (animal) criatura\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLto be a creature of habit ser un animal de costumbrescreature comforts comodidades nombre femenino pluralcreature ['kri:ʧər] n: ser m viviente, criatura f, animal mn.• bicho s.m.• criatura s.f.• hechura s.f.'kriːtʃər, 'kriːtʃə(r)a) ( animate being) criatura fsea creature — animal m marino; (before n)
b) ( person) ser m, criatura f['kriːtʃǝ(r)]1. N2) (=person)poor creature! — ¡pobrecito!
wretched creature! — ¡desgraciado!
creature of habit — esclavo(-a) m / f de la costumbre
2.CPDcreature comforts NPL — comodidades fpl (materiales)
* * *['kriːtʃər, 'kriːtʃə(r)]a) ( animate being) criatura fsea creature — animal m marino; (before n)
b) ( person) ser m, criatura f -
67 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
68 υἱός
υἱός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) prim. ‘son’① a male who is in a kinship relationship either biologically or by legal action, son, offspring, descendantⓐ the direct male issue of a person, son τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:21; GJs 14:2 (cp. Mel., P. 8, 53 ὡς γὰρ υἱὸς τεχθείς). Cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14) and 25; 10:37 (w. θυγάτηρ); Mk 12:6a; Lk 1:13, 31, 57; 11:11; 15:11 (on this JEngel, Die Parabel v. Verlorenen Sohn: ThGl 18, 1926, 54–64; MFrost, The Prodigal Son: Exp. 9th ser., 2, 1924, 56–60; EBuonaiuti, Religio 11, ’35, 398–402); Ac 7:29; Ro 9:9 (cp. Gen 18:10); Gal 4:22 al. W. gen. Mt 7:9; 20:20f; 21:37ab; Mk 6:3; 9:17; Lk 3:2; 4:22; 15:19; J 9:19f; Ac 13:21; 16:1; 23:16; Gal 4:30abc (Gen 21:10abc); Js 2:21; AcPlCor 2:29. Also ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι υἱὸς Φαρισαίων Ac 23:6 is prob. a ref. to direct descent. μονογενὴς υἱός (s. μονογενής 1) Lk 7:12. ὁ υἱὸς ὁ πρωτότοκος (πρωτότοκος 1) 2:7.ⓑ the immediate male offspring of an animal (Ps 28:1 υἱοὺς κριῶν; Sir 38:25. So Lat. filius: Columella 6, 37, 4) in our lit. only as foal ἐπὶ πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου Mt 21:5 (cp. Zech 9:9 πῶλον νέον).ⓒ human offspring in an extended line of descent, descendant, son Ἰωσὴφ υἱὸς Δαυίδ Mt 1:20 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 73); s. 2dα below. υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ (Ἰσραήλ 1) Mt 27:9; Lk 1:16; Ac 5:21; 7:23, 37; 9:15; 10:36; Ro 9:27; 2 Cor 3:7, 13; Hb 11:22 al.; AcPlCor 2:32. οἱ υἱοὶ Λευί (Num 26:57) Hb 7:5. υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ Lk 19:9. υἱοὶ Ἀδάμ 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8). υἱοι Ῥουβήλ GJs 6:3.ⓓ one who is accepted or legally adopted as a son (Herodian 5, 7, 1; 4; 5; Jos, Ant. 2, 263; 20, 150) Ac 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10).—J 19:26.② a pers. related or closely associated as if by ties of sonship, son, transf. sense of 1ⓐ of a pupil, follower, or one who is otherw. a spiritual son (SIG 1169, 12 οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ=the pupils and helpers [40] of Asclepius; sim. Maximus Tyr. 4, 2c; Just., D. 86, 6 οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν.—Some combination w. παῖδες is the favorite designation for those who are heirs of guild-secrets or who are to perpetuate a skill of some kind: Pla., Rep. 3, 407e, Leg. 6, 769b; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verbi 22 p. 102, 4 Us./Rdm. ῥητόρων παῖδες; Lucian, Anach. 19, Dial. Mort. 11, 1 Χαλδαίων π.=dream-interpreters, Dips. 5 ἱατρῶν π., Amor. 49; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 13 σοφῶν π.): the ‘sons’ of the Pharisees Mt 12:27; Lk 11:19. Peter says Μᾶρκος ὁ υἱός μου 1 Pt 5:13 (perh. w. a component of endearment; s. Μᾶρκος). As a familiar form of address by a cherished mentor Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11; ParJer 5:28; 7:24). υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες B 1:1.ⓑ of the individual members of a large and coherent group (cp. the υἷες Ἀχαιῶν in Homer; also PsSol 2:3 οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15; LXX) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin). υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραάμ Ac 13:26. οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Gen 11:5; Ps 11:2, 9; 44:3; TestLevi 3:10; TestZeb 9:7; GrBar 2:4) the sons of men=humans (cp. dγ below) Mk 3:28; Eph 3:5; 1 Cl 61:2 (of the earthly rulers in contrast to the heavenly king).ⓒ of one whose identity is defined in terms of a relationship with a person or thingα. of those who are bound to a personality by close, non-material ties; it is this personality that has promoted the relationship and given it its character: son(s) of: those who believe are υἱοὶ Ἀβραάμ, because Abr. was the first whose relationship to God was based on faith Gal 3:7. In a special sense the devout, believers, are sons of God, i.e., in the light of the social context, people of special status and privilege (cp. PsSol 17:27; Just., D, 124, 1; Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 8 ὁ τοῦ Διὸς ὄντως υἱός; Epict. 1, 9, 6; 1, 3, 2; 1, 19, 9; Sextus 58; 60; 135; 376a; Dt 14:1; Ps 28:1; 72:15; Is 43:6 [w. θυγατέρες μου]; 45:11; Wsd 2:18; 5:5; 12:21 al.; Jdth 9:4, 13; Esth 8:12q; 3 Macc 6:28; SibOr 3, 702) Mt 5:45; Lk 6:35; Ro 8:14, 19 (‘Redeemer figures’ EFuchs, Die Freiheit des Glaubens, ’49, 108; against him EHommel in ThViat 4, ’52, 118, n. 26); 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 6:18 (w. θυγατέρες, s. Is 43:6 cited above); Gal 3:26 (cp. PsSol 17:27); 4:6a, 7ab (here the υἱός is the κληρονόμος and his opposite is the δοῦλος); Hb 2:10 (JKögel, Der Sohn u. die Söhne: Eine exeget. Studie zu Hb 2:5–18, 1904); 12:5–8 (in vs. 8 opp. νόθος, q.v.); Rv 21:7; 2 Cl 1:4; B 4:9. Corresp. there are sons of the devil (on this subj. cp. Hdb. on J 8:44) υἱὲ διαβόλου Ac 13:10. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ (masc.) Mt 13:38b. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἐν Ἅιδου ApcPt Rainer. In υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας Mt 23:31 this mng. is prob. to be combined w. sense 1c. The expr. υἱοὶ θεοῦ Mt 5:9 looks to the future (s. Betz, SM ad loc.; cp. KKöhler, StKr 91, 1918, 189f). Lk 20:36a signifies a status akin to that of angels (Ps 88:7; θεῶν παῖδες as heavenly beings: Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a; 12a; 13, 6a.—Hierocles 3, 424 the ἄγγελοι are called θεῶν παῖδες; HWindisch, Friedensbringer-Gottessöhne: ZNW 24, 1925, 240–60, discounts connection w. angels and contends for the elevation of the ordinary followers of Jesus to the status of Alexander the Great in his role as an εἰρηνηποιός [cp. Plut., Mor. 329c]; for measured critique of this view s. Betz, SM 137–42.).β. υἱός w. gen. of thing, to denote one who shares in it or who is worthy of it, or who stands in some other close relation to it, oft. made clear by the context; this constr. is prob. a Hebraism in the main, but would not appear barbaric (B-D-F §162, 6; Mlt-H. 441; Dssm., B p. 162–66 [BS 161–66]; PASA II 1884, no. 2 υἱὸς πόλεως [time of Nero; on this type of formulation SEG XXXIX, 1864]; IMagnMai 167, 5; 156, 12) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (αἰών 2a) Lk 16:8a (opp. οἱ υἱοί τοῦ φωτός vs. 8b); 20:34. τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοί (to Mediterranean publics the functional equivalent of ἀθάνατοι ‘immortals’; cp. ἀνάστασις 2b) 20:36b. υἱοὶ τῆς ἀνομίας (ἀνομία 1; cp. CD 6:15) Hv 3, 6, 1; ApcPt 1:3; τῆς ἀπειθείας (s. ἀπείθεια) Eph 2:2; 5:6; Col 3:6; τῆς ἀπωλείας ApcPt 1:2. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας of Judas the informer J 17:12 (cp. similar expressions in Eur., Hec. 425; Menand., Dyscolus 88f: s. FDanker, NTS 7, ’60/61, 94), of the end-time adversary 2 Th 2:3. υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (βασιλεία 1bη; s. SEG XXXIX, 1864 for related expressions) Mt 8:12; 13:38a. υἱοὶ βροντῆς Mk 3:17 (s. Βοανηργές). υἱὸς γεέννης (s. γέεννα) Mt 23:15; τ. διαθήκης (PsSol 17:15) Ac 3:25; εἰρήνης Lk 10:6. υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος (s. νυμφών) Mt 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34. υἱὸς παρακλήσεως Ac 4:36 (s. Βαρναβᾶς). υἱοὶ (τοῦ) φωτός (Hippol., Ref. 6, 47, 4 in gnostic speculation) Lk 16:8b (opp. υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου); J 12:36. υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 Th 5:5 (EBuonaiuti, ‘Figli del giorno e della luce’ [1 Th 5:5]: Rivista storico-critica delle Scienze teol. 6, 1910, 89–93).ⓓ in various combinations as a designation of the Messiah and a self-designation of Jesusα. υἱὸς Δαυίδ son of David of the Messiah (PsSol 17:21) Mt 22:42–45; Mk 12:35–37; Lk 20:41–44; B 12:10c. Specif. of Jesus as Messiah Mt 1:1a; 9:27; 12:23; 15:22; 20:30f; 21:9, 15; Mk 10:47f; Lk 18:38f.—WWrede, Jesus als Davidssohn: Vorträge u. Studien 1907, 147–77; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 4, Rel.3 226f; ELohmeyer, Gottesknecht u. Davidssohn ’45, esp. 68; 72; 77; 84; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 251–56; WMichaelis, Die Davidsohnschaft Jesu usw., in D. histor. Jesus u. d. kerygm. Christus, ed. Ristow and Matthiae, ’61, 317–30; LFisher, ECColwell Festschr. ’68, 82–97.β. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, υἱὸς θεοῦ (the) Son of God (for the phrase s. JosAs 6:2 al. Ἰωσὴφ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ; there is no undisputed evidence of usage as messianic title in pre-Christian Judaism [s. Dalman, Worte 219–24, Eng. tr. 268–89; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 53f; EHuntress, ‘Son of God’ in Jewish Writings Prior to the Christian Era: JBL 54, ’35, 117–23]; cp. 4Q 246 col. 2, 1 [JFitzmyer, A Wandering Aramean ’79, 90–93; JCollins, BRev IX/3, ’93, 34–38, 57]. Among polytheists on the other hand, sons of the gods in a special sense [s. Just., A I, 21, 1f] are not only known to myth and legend, but definite historical personalities are also designated as such. Among them are famous wise men such as Pythagoras and Plato [HUsener, Das Weihnachtsfest2 1911, 71ff], and deified rulers, above all the Roman emperors since the time of Augustus [oft. in ins and pap: Dssm., B 166f=BS 166f, LO 294f=LAE 346f; Thieme 33]. According to Memnon [I B.C./ I A.D.]: 434 Fgm. 1, 1, 1 Jac., Clearchus [IV B.C.] carried his boasting so far as Διὸς υἱὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀνειπεῖν. Also, persons who were active at that time as prophets and wonder-workers laid claim to the title υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, e.g. the Samaritan Dositheus in Origen, C. Cels. 6, 11; sim. an Indian wise man who calls himself Διὸς υἱός Arrian, Anab. 7, 2, 3; cp. Did., Gen. 213, 18 ὁ Ἀβρὰμ υἱὸς θεοῦ διὰ δικαιοσύνην. S. GWetter, ‘Der Sohn Gottes’ 1916; Hdb. exc. on J 1:34; s. also Clemen2 76ff; ENorden, Die Geburt des Kindes 1924, 75; 91f; 132; 156f; EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 1:11 [4th ed. ’50]; M-JLagrange, Les origines du dogme paulinien de la divinité de Christ: RB 45, ’36, 5–33; HPreisker, Ntl. Zeitgesch. ’37, 187–208; HBraun, ZTK 54, ’57, 353–64; ANock, ‘Son of God’ in Paul. and Hellen. Thought: Gnomon 33, ’61, 581–90 [=Essays on Religion and the Anc. World II, ’72, 928–39]—originality in Paul’s thought): Ps 2:7 is applied to Jesus υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε Lk 3:22 D; GEb 18, 37.—Ac 13:33; Hb 1:5a; 5:5; 1 Cl 36:4. Likew. Hos 11:1 (w. significant changes): Mt 2:15, and 2 Km 7:14: Hb 1:5b. The voice of God calls him ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός (s. ἀγαπητός 1) at his baptism Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; GEb 18, 37 and 39 and at the Transfiguration Mt 17:5; Mk 9:7; Lk 9:35 (here ἐκλελεγμένος instead of ἀγαπ.); 2 Pt 1:17. Cp. J 1:34. The angel at the Annunciation uses these expressions in referring to him: υἱὸς ὑψίστου Lk 1:32; GJs 11:3 and υἱὸς θεοῦ Lk 1:35 (Ar. 15, 1 ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου. Cp. Just., A I, 23, 2 μόνος ἰδίως υἱὸς τῷ θεῷ γεγέννηται). The centurion refers to him at the crucifixion as υἱὸς θεοῦ Mt 27:54; Mk 15:39; GPt 11:45; cp. vs. 46 (CMann, ET 20, 1909, 563f; JPobee, The Cry of the Centurion, A Cry of Defeat: CFDMoule Festschr. ’70, 91–102; EJohnson, JSNT 31, ’87, 3–22 [an indefinite affirmation of Jesus]). The high priest asks εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 26:63 (DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’71, 213–26). Passers-by ask him to show that he is God’s Son 27:40; sim. the devil 4:3, 6; Lk 4:3, 9. On the other hand, evil spirits address him as the Son of God Mt 8:29; Mk 3:11; 5:7; Lk 4:41; 8:28; and disciples testify that he is Mt 14:33; 16:16. S. also Mk 1:1 (s. SLegg, Ev. Sec. Marc. ’35).—Jesus also refers to himself as Son of God, though rarely apart fr. the Fourth Gosp.: Mt 28:19 (the Risen Lord in the trinitarian baptismal formula); Mt 21:37f=Mk 12:6 (an allusion in the parable of the vinedressers).—Mt 27:43; Mk 13:32; Rv 2:18. The main pass. is the so-called Johannine verse in the synoptics Mt 11:27=Lk 10:22 (s. PSchmiedel, PM 4, 1900,1–22; FBurkitt, JTS 12, 1911, 296f; HSchumacher, Die Selbstoffenbarung Jesu bei Mt 11:27 [Lk 10:22] 1912 [lit.]; Norden, Agn. Th. 277–308; JWeiss, Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 120–29, Urchristentum 1917, 87ff; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 45ff; EMeyer I 280ff; RBultmann, Gesch. d. synopt. Trad.2 ’31, 171f; MDibelius, Die Formgeschichte des Evangeliums2 ’33, 259; MRist, Is Mt 11:25–30 a Primitive Baptismal Hymn? JR 15, ’35, 63–77; TArvedson, D. Mysterium Christi: E. Studie zu Mt 11:25–30, ’37; WDavies, ‘Knowledge’ in the Dead Sea Scrolls and Mt 11:25–30, HTR 45, ’53, 113–39; WGrundmann, Sohn Gottes, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; JBieneck, Sohn Gottes als Christusbez. der Synopt. ’51; PWinter, Mt 11:27 and Lk 10:22: NovT 1, ’56, 112–48; JJocz, Judaica 13, ’57, 129–42; OMichel/OBetz, Von Gott Gezeugt, Beih. ZNW [Jeremias Festschr.] 26, ’60, 3–23 [Qumran]).—Apart fr. the synoptics, testimony to Jesus as the Son of God is found in many parts of our lit. Oft. in Paul: Ro 1:3, 4, 9; 5:10; 8:3, 29, 32; 1 Cor 1:9; 15:28; 2 Cor 1:19; Gal 1:16; 2:20; 4:4; Eph 4:13; Col 1:13; 1 Th 1:10. Cp. Ac 9:20. In Hb: 1:2, 8; 4:14; 5:8; 6:6; 7:3, 28; 10:29. In greatest frequency in John (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 6 the Λόγος as υἱὸς θεοῦ. Likew. Philo, Agr. 51 πρωτόγονος υἱός, Conf. Lingu. 146 υἱὸς θεοῦ.—Theoph. Ant. 2, 1 [p. 154, 12] ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν καὶ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ; Iren. 3, 12, 2 [Harv. II 55, 2]): J 1:49; 3:16–18 (s. μονογενής 2), 35f; 5:19–26; 6:40; 8:35f; 10:36; 11:4, 27; 14:13; 17:1; 19:7; 20:31; 1J 1:3, 7; 2:22–24; 3:8, 23; 4:9f, 14f; 5:5, 9–13, 20; 2J 3, 9.—B 5:9, 11; 7:2, 9; 12:8; 15:5; Dg 7:4; 9:2, 4; 10:2 (τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ; also ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 22 Tdf.; ApcSed 9:1f); IMg 8:2; ISm 1:1; MPol 17:3; Hv 2, 2, 8; Hs 5, 2, 6 (ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀγαπητός); 8; 11; 5, 4, 1; 5, 5, 2; 3; 5; 5, 6, 1; 2; 4; 7 (on the Christology of the Shepherd s. Dibelius, Hdb. on Hs 5, also ALink and JvWalter [πνεῦμα 5cα]); Hs 8, 3, 2; 8, 11, 1. Cp. 9, 1, 1; 9, 12, 1ff.—In trinitarian formulas, in addition to Mt 28:19, also IMg 13:1; EpilMosq 5; D 7:1, 3.—The deceiver of the world appears w. signs and wonders ὡς υἱὸς θεοῦ D 16:4 (ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 28, 32 Tdf. ὁ λέγων• Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ [of Antichrist]).—EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 16–44; GVos, The Self-disclosure of Jesus 1926.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 404–17; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 211–36; MHengel, The Son of God (tr. JBowden) ’76; DJones, The Title υἱὸς θεοῦ in Acts: SBLSP 24, ’85, 451–63.γ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου lit. ‘the son of the man’ (the pl. form οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων appears freq. in the LXX to render בְּנֵי אָדָם = mortals, e.g. Gen 11:5; Ps 10:4; 11:2; cp. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπολείας J 17:12 [s. 2cβ]) ‘the human being, the human one, the man’ in our lit. only as a byname in ref. to Jesus and in an exclusive sense the Human One, the Human Being, one intimately linked with humanity in its primary aspect of fragility yet transcending it, traditionally rendered ‘the Son of Man.’ The term is found predom. in the gospels, where it occurs in the synoptics about 70 times (about half as oft. if parallels are excluded), and in J 12 times (s. EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 8:31). In every case the title is applied by Jesus to himself. Nowhere within a saying or narrative about him is it found in an address to him: Mt 8:20; 9:6; 10:23; 11:19; 12:8, 32, 40; 13:37, 41; 16:13, 27f; 17:9, 12, 22; 18:10 [11] v.l.; 19:28; 20:18, 28; 24:27, 30, 37, 39, 44; 25:13 v.l., 31; 26:2, 24ab, 45, 64; Mk 2:10, 28; 8:31, 38; 9:9, 12, 31; 10:33, 45; 13:26; 14:21ab, 41, 62; Lk 5:24; 6:5, 22; 7:34; 9:22, 26, 44, 56 v.l., 58; 11:30; 12:8, 10, 40; 17:22, 24, 26, 30; 18:8, 31; 19:10; 21:27, 36; 22:22, 48, 69; 24:7.—John (FGrosheide, Υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρ. in het Evang. naar Joh.: TSt 35, 1917, 242–48; HDieckmann, D. Sohn des Menschen im J: Scholastik 2, 1927, 229–47; HWindisch, ZNW 30, ’31, 215–33; 31, ’32, 199–204; WMichaelis, TLZ 85, ’60, 561–78 [Jesus’ earthly presence]) 1:51; 3:13, 14; 5:27 (BVawter, Ezekiel and John, CBQ 26, ’64, 450–58); 6:27, 53, 62; 8:28; 9:35; 12:23, 34; 13:31. Whether the component of fragility (suggested by OT usage in ref. to the brief span of human life and the ills to which it falls heir) or high status (suggested by traditions that appear dependent on Da 7:13, which refers to one ‘like a human being’), or a blend of the two dominates a specific occurrence can be determined only by careful exegesis that in addition to extra-biblical traditions takes account of the total literary structure of the document in which it occurs. Much neglected in the discussion is the probability of prophetic association suggested by the form of address Ezk 2:1 al. (like the OT prophet [Ezk 3:4–11] Jesus encounters resistance).—On Israelite thought contemporary w. Jesus and alleged knowledge of a heavenly being looked upon as a ‘Son of Man’ or ‘Man’, who exercises Messianic functions such as judging the world (metaph., pictorial passages in En 46–48; 4 Esdr 13:3, 51f) s. Bousset, Rel.3 352–55; NMessel, D. Menschensohn in d. Bilderreden d. Hen. 1922; ESjöberg, Kenna 1 Henok och 4 Esra tanken på den lidande Människosonen? Sv. Ex. Årsb. 5, ’40, 163–83, D. Menschensohn im äth. Hen. ’46. This view is in some way connected w. Da 7:13; acc. to some it derives its real content fr. an eschatological tradition that ultimately goes back to Iran (WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 160–223; Reitzenstein, Erlösungsmyst. 119ff, ZNW 20, 1921, 18–22, Mysterienrel.3 418ff; Clemen2 72ff; CKraeling, Anthropos and Son of Man: A Study in the Religious Syncretism of the Hellenistic Orient 1927); acc. to this tradition the First Man was deified; he will return in the last times and usher in the Kingdom of God.—Outside the gospels: Ac 7:56 (v.l. τοῦ θεοῦ; GKilpatrick, TZ 21, ’65, 209); Rv 1:13; 14:14 (both after Da 7:13; sim. allusion to Da in Just., D. 31, 1). The quot. fr. Ps 8:5 in Hb 2:6 prob. does not belong here, since there is no emphasis laid on υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου. In IEph 20:2 Jesus is described as υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου καὶ υἱὸς θεοῦ. Differently B 12:10 Ἰησοῦς, οὐχὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἀλλὰ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Jesus, not a man’s son, but Son of God.—HLietzmann, Der Menschensohn 1896; Dalman, Worte 191–219 (Eng. tr., 234–67); Wlh., Einl.2 123–30; PFiebig, Der Menschensohn 1901; NSchmidt, The Prophet of Nazareth 1905, 94–134, Recent Study of the Term ‘Son of Man’: JBL 45, 1926, 326–49; FTillmann, Der Menschensohn 1907; EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 65ff; HHoltzmann, Das messianische Bewusstsein Jesu, 1907, 49–75 (lit.), Ntl. Theologie2 I 1911, 313–35; FBard, D. Sohn d. Menschen 1908; HGottsched, D. Menschensohn 1908; EAbbott, ‘The Son of Man’, etc., 1910; EHertlein, Die Menschensohnfrage im letzten Stadium 1911, ZNW 19, 1920, 46–48; JMoffatt, The Theology of the Gospels 1912, 150–63; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 5–22 (the titles of the works by Wernle and Althaus opposing his first edition [1913], as well as Bousset’s answer, are found s.v. κύριος, end); DVölter, Jesus der Menschensohn 1914, Die Menschensohnfrage neu untersucht 1916; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, 1922, 247–50; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919 (see also the works by the same author referred to above in this entry); EMeyer II 335ff; HGressmann, ZKG n.s. 4, 1922, 170ff, D. Messias 1929, 341ff; GDupont, Le Fils d’Homme 1924; APeake, The Messiah and the Son of Man 1924; MWagner, Der Menschensohn: NKZ 36, 1925, 245–78; Guillaume Baldensperger, Le Fils d’Homme: RHPR 5, 1925, 262–73; WBleibtreu, Jesu Selbstbez. als der Menschensohn: StKr 98/99, 1926, 164–211; AvGall, Βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ 1926; OProcksch, D. Menschensohn als Gottessohn: Christentum u. Wissensch. 3, 1927, 425–43; 473–81; CMontefiore, The Synoptic Gospels2 1927 I 64–80; ROtto, Reich Gottes u. Menschensohn ’34, Eng. tr. The Kgdm. of God and the Son of Man, tr. Filson and Woolf2 ’43; EWechssler, Hellas im Ev. ’36, 332ff; PParker, The Mng. of ‘Son of Man’: JBL 60, ’41, 151–57; HSharman, Son of Man and Kingdom of God ’43; JCampbell, The Origin and Mng. of the Term Son of Man: JTS 48, ’47, 145–55; HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré ’47, 307–13 (survey and lit.); TManson, ConNeot 11, ’47, 138–46 (Son of Man=Jesus and his disciples in Mk 2:27f); GDuncan, Jesus, Son of Man ’47, 135–53 (survey); JBowman, ET 59, ’47/48, 283–88 (background); MBlack, ET 60, ’48f, 11–15; 32–36; GKnight, Fr. Moses to Paul ’49, 163–72 (survey); TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 237–50; TManson (Da, En and gospels), BJRL 32, ’50, 171–93; TPreiss, Le Fils d’Homme: ÉThR 26/3, ’51, Life in Christ, ’54, 43–60; SMowinckel, He That Cometh, tr. Anderson, ’54, 346–450; GIber, Überlieferungsgesch. Unters. z. Begriff des Menschensohnes im NT, diss. Heidelb. ’53; ESjöberg, D. verborgene Menschensohn in den Ev. ’55; WGrundmann, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; HRiesenfeld, The Mythological Backgrd. of NT Christology, CHDodd Festschr. ’56, 81–95; PhVielhauer, Gottesreich u. Menschensohn in d. Verk. Jesu, GDehn Festschr. ’57, 51–79; ESidebottom, The Son of Man in J, ET 68, ’57, 231–35; 280–83; AHiggins, Son of Man- Forschung since (Manson’s) ‘The Teaching of Jesus’: NT Essays (TW Manson memorial vol.) ’59, 119–35; HTödt, D. Menschensohn in d. synopt. Überl. ’59 (tr. Barton ’65); JMuilenburg, JBL 79, ’60, 197–209 (Da, En); ESchweizer, JBL 79, ’60, 119–29 and NTS 9, ’63, 256–61; BvIersel, ‘Der Sohn’ in den synopt. Jesusworten, ’61 (community?); MBlack, BJRL 45, ’63, 305–18; FBorsch, ATR 45, ’63, 174–90; AHiggins, Jesus and the Son of Man, ’64; RFormesyn, NovT 8, ’66, 1–35 (barnasha=‘I’); SSandmel, HSilver Festschr. ’63, 355–67; JJeremias, Die älteste Schicht der Menschensohn-Logien, ZNW 58, ’67, 159–72; GVermes, MBlack, Aram. Approach3, ’67, 310–30; BLindars, The New Look on the Son of Man: BJRL 63, ’81, 437–62; WWalker, The Son of Man, Some Recent Developments CBQ 45, ’83, 584–607; JDonahue, Recent Studies on the Origin of ‘Son of Man’ in the Gospels, CBQ 48, ’86, 584–607; DBurkitt, The Nontitular Son of Man, A History and Critique: NTS 40, ’94 504–21 (lit.); JEllington, BT 40, ’89, 201–8; RGordon, Anthropos: 108–13.—B. 105; DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
69 allowance
əˈlauəns
1. сущ.
1) норма выдачи денег а) содержание( денежное на определенный срок - суточные и т.д.) family allowance grant an allowance cost-of-living allowance depletion allowance trade-in allowance daily allowance fixed allowance weekly allowance б) карманные деньги
2) норма выдачи;
паек at no allowance allowance of ammunition
3) скидка
4) допущение;
принятие;
принятие в расчет, во внимание Making allowance for the time required by the sound to ascend from the bottom. ≈ Он учел время, необходимое, чтобы звук со дна дошел до него. The spectators are always candid enough to give great allowances to a new actor. ≈ Зрители всегда достаточно снисходительны, чтобы делать большие скидки новому актеру.
5) мн. довольствие
6) позволение, разрешение;
легальность There were many causes of difference between them, the chief being the allowance of slavery in the South. ≈ Между ними много точек расхождения, главная из которых - узаконенность рабства в южных штатах.
7) тех. допуск
8) спорт фора, гандикап Syn: handicap
2. гл.
1) ограничивать кого-л. строго определенным количеством чего-л. I am allowanced two glasses three hours before dinner. ≈ Мне разрешают выпить два бокала за три часа до ужина.
2) назначать, выдавать строго ограниченный паек, содержание The evening cup of tea and the allowanced pound of pemmican. ≈ Вечером чашка чая и полагающийся фунт пеммикана.порция;
паек;
рацион, норма отпуска;
квота - * of food норма выдачи продуктов - water * норма выдачи воды - * of ammunition( военное) боекомплект - to put on short * перевести на ограниченную норму, урезать норму pl (военное) довольствие;
виды довольствия денежное пособие, денежная помощь;
содержание;
- dress * деньги (получаемый) на одежду;
- liberal * щедрая денежная помощь - family * (несовременное) пособие многодетным семьям - cost-of-living * надбавка на дороговизну - * in lieu (военное) пайковые деньги - to allot * устанавливать сумму выплаты (американизм) карманные деньги;
деньги на мелкие расходы( школьника) (юридическое) суммы, выплачиваемые на содержание (кого-л, чего-л) - entertainment * представительские расходы - travelling * проездные;
суточные;
(военное) путевые деньги принятие во внимание, в расчет;
поправка, скидка ( на что-л) ;
оправдание( чему-л) - * for wind (военное) поправка на ветер - to make *(s) принимать( что-л) во внимание;
учитывать( что-л) ;
оправдывать( чем-л) - to make * for smb's illness принимать во внимание чью-л болезнь - to make *s учитывать все обстоятельства;
всячески оправдывать - to make * for future developments учитывать возможность дальнейших событий скидка или надбавка с учетом( чего-л) - depreciation * (экономика) амортизационные отчисления - to make * for leakage делать скидку на утечку (коммерческое) скидка - an * for cash on a bill скидка за оплату наличными признание( обоснованным, законным), подтверждение;
уступка - * of claim признание обоснованности претензии примиренчество;
толерантность;
одобрение - * of neocolonialism терпимость к неоколониализму (редкое) разрешение;
позволение (финансовое) допустимое отклонение от стандартного размера и веса монеты (техническое) припуск;
допуск;
зазор( положительная разность) - negative * натяг( отрицательная разность) (спортивное) гандикап, фора, преимущество( книжное) рационировать потребление;
вводить карточную или пайковую систему (книжное) назначать содержание, паек (книжное) (регулярно) выдавать в ограниченном количествеaccelerated depreciation ~ налоговая скидка на ускоренную амортизацию основного капиталаallowance денежная помощь ~ денежное пособие ~ денежное содержание ~ деньги на мелкие расходы ~ pl довольствие ~ допустимое отклонение ~ допущение;
принятие;
принятие в расчет, во внимание;
make allowance for his age примите во внимание его возраст ~ допущение ~ карманные деньги ~ квота ~ назначать, выдавать строго ограниченный паек, содержание ~ налоговая скидка ~ необлагаемый налогом минимум пособия на детей и иждивенцев ~ норма выдачи;
паек;
at no allowance неограниченно;
allowance of ammunition боекомплект ~ норма отпуска ~ поправка ~ порция ~ принятие в расчет ~ принятие во внимание ~ тех. припуск;
допуск ~ разница между массой товаров брутто и нетто ~ разрешение, позволение ~ разрешение ~ рацион ~ скидка ~ транс. скидка с оценки груза ~ (годовое, месячное и т. п.) содержание;
карманные деньги;
family allowance пособие многосемейным ~ содержание (годовое, месячное и т. п.) ;
надбавка;
карманные деньги;
довольствие;
паек;
разрешение, допуск ~ содержание (месячное, годовое и т.п.) ~ спорт. фора~ for bad debts надбавка на безнадежные долги~ for inferior quality компенсация за низкое качество~ for night work надбавка за ночную работу~ for office expenses налог. скидка на конторские расходы~ for travelling expenses компенсация транспортных расходов~ for work abroad надбавка за работу за рубежом~ норма выдачи;
паек;
at no allowance неограниченно;
allowance of ammunition боекомплект~ on price скидка с цены~ норма выдачи;
паек;
at no allowance неограниченно;
allowance of ammunition боекомплектavailability ~ надбавка за соответствие требованиямbasic daily ~ основное дневное содержание (ежедневные выплаты, на основе которых начисляются надбавки и т. п.)car ~ компенсация за использование личного автомобиля в служебных целяхcare ~ пособие по уходуcash ~ денежное пособие;
карманные деньгиchild home care ~ пособие по уходу за ребенком домаchild tax ~ налоговая льгота родителям на детейchildren's ~ пособие на детейclothing ~ пособие или надбавка на приобретение одежды (в т.ч. форменной;
одежда может также выдаваться в готовом виде или в виде полуфабриката с оплатой пошива)compensatory ~ надбавка для компенсации убытковconsolidation ~ объединенная налоговая скидкаconstant attendance ~ пособие по постоянному уходуcontainer ~ разрешение на контейнерные перевозкиdaily ~ ежедневное пособие;
суточные;
паек;
довольствие;
карманные деньги daily ~ суточное пособие daily: ~ allowance воен. суточное довольствиеdaily subsistence ~ суточная надбавка, обеспечивающая прожиточный минимумdemolition ~ компенсация за понесенный ущербdependent child ~ пособие на ребенка, находящегося на иждивенииdepreciation ~ налоговая скидка на амортизациюdisablement ~ пособие по инвалидностиdraftee's daily ~ суточное содержание призывника;
ежедневные выплаты проходящему срочную службуdraftees' dependents (dependants) ~ пособие иждивенцам призывника (единовременно или в течение всего срока службы)duty travel ~ компенсация расходов на командировкуearly retirement ~ пособие при досрочном выходе на пенсиюearnings adjusted daily ~ ежедневное пособие, исчисляемое с учетом заработка (на последнем месте работы)earnings-related unemployment daily ~ пособие по безработице (сумма которого составляет определенный процент от заработка, как правило на последнем месте работы)educational maintenance ~ пособие на образование educational maintenance ~ стипендияentertainment ~ скидка для компенсации затрат на представительские расходыexpatriate ~ надбавка работающим за рубежомextra family ~ пособие для многодетных семей~ (годовое, месячное и т. п.) содержание;
карманные деньги;
family allowance пособие многосемейным family ~ пособие многодетным семьям family ~ семейное пособиеfather's ~ отцовское пособие;
пособие на ребенка выплачиваемое отцуforeign ~ пособие работающим за рубежомfuel ~ компенсация на приобретение топливаgeneral ~ обычная надбавка к зарплатеguardian's ~ пособие на попечительствоhardship ~ упр. социальное пособиеholiday ~ отпускное вознаграждениеhome care ~ пособие по уходу на домуhouse ~ воен. квартирные( деньги)hydrocarbon ~ налог. дополнительный налог за выбросы углеводородов в окружающую средуinitial ~ первоначальная скидкаinnovator's ~ премия рационализаторуinstallation ~ пособие на первоначальное устройствоinterest ~ процентная скидкаinvestment ~ налоговая льгота за инвестирование капиталаliving ~ пособие на обеспечение средств к жизниmaintenace ~ пособие на содержаниеmaintenace ~ for children пособие на детейmaintenance ~ пособиеmake ~ for делать скидку make ~ for принимать в расчет make ~ for принимать во внимание~ допущение;
принятие;
принятие в расчет, во внимание;
make allowance for his age примите во внимание его возрастmerchandising ~ торговая скидкаmileage ~ деньги на проезд mileage ~ скидка с учетом дальности пробегаminimum daily ~ минимальное дневное пособиеmonetary ~ денежное пособиеnational maternity ~ национальное пособие по материнствуordinary family ~ обыкновенное пособие многодетным семьямparent's ~ родительская льгота, родительское пособиеper diem ~ суточное пособиеpercentage ~ процентная скидка с налогаperiodical ~ периодическая выплатаpersonal ~ личная скидка с подоходного налога personal ~ норма времени на личные нуждыprice ~ скидка с ценыqualification ~ надбавка за квалификациюrehabilitation ~ пособие на реабилитацию (инвалида)remigration ~ ремиграционное пособие (возвращающемуся в страну происхождения)removal costs ~ пособие на переездrent ~ надбавка на аренду жилья rent ~ пособие на оплату жилья rent ~ расходы на оплату жильяretraining ~ пособие на переподготовкуsecretarial ~ прибавка к заработной плате за секретарские услугиseparation ~ денежное содержание, выплачиваемое семье военнослужащего separation: ~ attr.: ~ allowance пособие жене солдата или матроса (во время войны)service ~ надбавка за обслуживаниеsettling-in ~ пособие при переезде на новую квартируshort-time ~ кратковременная надбавка short-time ~ кратковременная скидкаsickness daily ~ ежедневное пособие по болезниsingle-wage ~ единая надбавка к заработной платеsocial ~ социальное пособиеspecial child-care ~ специальное пособие по уходу за ребенкомstandard ~ нормативная надбавка времени standard ~ нормативная скидкаstudent housing ~ пособие студентам на жильеsubsistence ~ надбавка, обеспечивающая прожиточный минимумsupplementary ~ дополнительное пособиеtax ~ налоговая скидкаtax-free ~ пособие, не облагаемое налогомtraining ~ пособие на профобучение training ~ стипендия стажераtravel ~ валютные льготы для туристов travel ~ налоговая скидка с дорожных расходовtravelling ~ выплата командировочных travelling ~ компенсация путевых расходов travelling ~ оплата транспортных расходов travelling ~ пособие на транспортные расходыunemployment ~ пособие по безработицеvalue ~ налоговая скидкаwage earner's ~ налоговая льгота для лиц наемного трудаwidowed mother's ~ пособие овдовевшей материwriting-down ~ норма частичного списанияyouth ~ пособие для молодежиБольшой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > allowance
-
70 binden
to tie; to bind; to link; to ligate; to hoop* * *bịn|den ['bɪndn] pret ba\#nd [bant] ptp gebu\#nden [gə'bʊndn]1. vt4) (= fesseln, befestigen)(an +acc to) to tie (up); Ziege, Pferd auch to tether; Boot to moor; (fig ) Menschen to bind, to tie; (an einen Ort) to tie; Geldmittel to tie up; (Versprechen, Vertrag, Eid etc) to bindjdn an Händen und Füßen binden — to tie or bind sb hand and foot
jdm die Hände auf den Rücken binden — to tie sb's hands behind his back
mir sind die Hände gebunden (fig) — my hands are tied
nichts bindet mich an Glasgow — I have no special ties to keep me in Glasgow
sie versuchte, ihn an sich zu binden — she tried to tie him to her
See:→ auch gebunden, Nase5) (= festhalten) Staub, Erdreich to bind; (CHEM) (= aufnehmen) to absorb; (= sich verbinden mit) to combine withwas Gott gebunden hat, soll der Mensch nicht trennen — what God has joined together let no man put asunder
2. vi(Mehl, Zement, Soße etc) to bind; (Klebstoff) to bond; (fig) to be tying, to tie one down; (Erlebnisse) to create a bond3. vr(= sich verpflichten) to commit oneself ( an +acc to)ich will mich nicht binden — I don't want to get involved
* * *1) (to tie up: The doctor bound up the patient's leg with a bandage; The robbers bound up the bank manager with rope.) bind2) (to fasten together and put a cover on the pages of (a book): Bind this book in leather.) bind3) ((often with to, on etc) to fasten with a string, rope etc: He tied the horse to a tree; The parcel was tied with string; I don't like this job - I hate being tied to a desk.) tie4) (to fasten by knotting; to make a knot in: He tied his shoelaces.) tie5) truss* * *bin·den< band, gebunden>[ˈbɪndn̩]I. vt1. (durch Binden zusammenfügen)Fichtenzweige wurden zu Kränzen gebunden pine twigs were tied [or bound] [together] into wreathsbindest du mir bitte die Krawatte? can you do [up] my tie [for me], please?kannst du mir bitte die Schürze hinten \binden? can you tie my apron at the back for me, please?2. (fesseln, befestigen)jdn an Händen und Füßen \binden to bind sb hand and footjdm die Hände \binden to tie sb's handssie band sich ein Tuch um den Kopf she tied a shawl round her head3. (festlegen)▪ jdn [an jdn/etw] \binden to bind sb [to sb/sth]ein Vertrag bindet immer beide Seiten a contract is always binding on both partiesdurch die Anstellung wurde sie an München gebunden as a result of her appointment she was tied to Munichihn band ein furchtbarer Eid he was bound by a terrible oath4. (emotional verbinden)er hatte immer den Eindruck, dass ihn nichts an diese Stadt bindet he always had the impression that he had no ties with this town5. (festhalten)Kapital \binden to tie [or lock] up capital6. CHEM▪ etw \binden to bind sth7. KOCHK to bind [or thicken] stheine Soße \binden to bind a sauce▪ etw \binden to bind sth9. MUSAkkorde/Töne \binden to slur chords/toneseine Note \binden to tie a note10.▶ jdm sind die Hände gebunden sb's hands are tiedII. vi to binddieser Klebstoff bindet gut this glue bonds well; Soße to bindich möchte mich momentan nicht \binden I don't want to tie myself down [or get involved] right now* * *1.unregelmäßiges transitives Verb1) (bündeln) tie3) (fesseln) bind4) (verpflichten) bind5) (befestigen, auch fig.) tie (an + Dat. to)nicht an einen Ort gebunden sein — (fig.) not be tied to one place
jemanden an sich (Akk.) binden — (fig.) make somebody dependent on one
8) (Buchw.) bind2.unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb (als Bindemittel wirken) bind3.unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb tie oneself downich bin zu jung, um mich schon zu binden — I am too young to be tied down
* * *binden; bindet, band, hat gebundenA. v/t1. (fesseln) auch fig tie (an +akk to);figjemanden an sich binden tie sb to o.s.;jemanden an Händen und Füßen binden bind sb hand and foot;figmir sind die Hände gebunden my hands are tied;figmich bindet nichts an diesen Ort I have no real ties to this place2. (festmachen) tie down (an +akk to);3. (zusammenbinden, zubinden) tie (up); (Knoten) tie; (Schlips) tie (a knot in); ( Strauß; Kranz) make;eine Schleife binden make a bow;einen Besen binden make a broom;Rosen zu einem Strauß binden tie roses into a bouquet, make a bouquet of roses4. (verpflichten) bind, commit;jemanden mit einem Eid binden bind sb by oath5. (Buch) bind;zum Binden geben have a book bound7. TECH bond, cement8. GASTR (Soße etc) thicken, bind10. LING linkB. v/i1. bind2. GASTR bind, thicken4. fig (Gemeinsamkeit schaffen) create a bond;Verpflichtungen binden obligations bindC. v/r1. commit o.s., tie o.s. down (wir möchten uns überhaupt nicht binden we don’t want to get involved at all;sie will sich noch nicht binden auch she doesn’t want to commit herself yet2. CHEM bind, combine;etwas bindet sich an etwas s.th binds with sth* * *1.unregelmäßiges transitives Verb1) (bündeln) tie3) (fesseln) bind4) (verpflichten) bind5) (befestigen, auch fig.) tie (an + Dat. to)nicht an einen Ort gebunden sein — (fig.) not be tied to one place
jemanden an sich (Akk.) binden — (fig.) make somebody dependent on one
8) (Buchw.) bind2.unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb (als Bindemittel wirken) bind3.unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb tie oneself downich bin zu jung, um mich schon zu binden — I am too young to be tied down
* * *v.(§ p.,pp.: band, gebunden)= to bind v.(§ p.,p.p.: bound)to ligate v.to link v.to spellbind v.to tie v. -
71 egoísta
adj.selfish, egocentric, egoistic, egoistical.f. & m.selfish person, egoist, self-seeker.* * *► adjetivo1 selfish, egoistic, egoistical1 egoist, selfish person* * *adj.* * *1.ADJ egoistical, selfish2.SMF egoist, selfish person* * *Iadjetivo selfish, egotisticIIno seas egoistón — (fam) don't be mean (colloq)
masculino y femenino (Psic) egotist* * *= selfish, egoistic, egotistical, egoist, self-serving, self-focusing, self-focused, egotistic, egotist.Ex. Like little children they're selfish, demanding, and dependent.Ex. Idealistic theoretical slogans abound but an egoistic, suspicious and lax attitude on the part of decision makers towards resource sharing has not been overcome.Ex. Some critics have portrayed Christopher Columbus as egotistical, inept, brutal, and even sadistic.Ex. Hypocrites are generally regarded as morally-corrupt, cynical egoists who consciously and deliberately deceive others in order to further their own interests.Ex. At the same time he warns against self-serving marketing.Ex. We can all do the same for each other provided we have discovered how to talk in a way that gets beyond the self-focusing use of literature.Ex. In either case we are making use of the book for our own ends: our reading has become self-focused.Ex. The common idea that success spoils people by making them vain, egotistic and self-complacent is erroneous.Ex. One nice thing about egotists is that they don't talk about other people.----* de modo egoísta = selfishly.* * *Iadjetivo selfish, egotisticIIno seas egoistón — (fam) don't be mean (colloq)
masculino y femenino (Psic) egotist* * *= selfish, egoistic, egotistical, egoist, self-serving, self-focusing, self-focused, egotistic, egotist.Ex: Like little children they're selfish, demanding, and dependent.
Ex: Idealistic theoretical slogans abound but an egoistic, suspicious and lax attitude on the part of decision makers towards resource sharing has not been overcome.Ex: Some critics have portrayed Christopher Columbus as egotistical, inept, brutal, and even sadistic.Ex: Hypocrites are generally regarded as morally-corrupt, cynical egoists who consciously and deliberately deceive others in order to further their own interests.Ex: At the same time he warns against self-serving marketing.Ex: We can all do the same for each other provided we have discovered how to talk in a way that gets beyond the self-focusing use of literature.Ex: In either case we are making use of the book for our own ends: our reading has become self-focused.Ex: The common idea that success spoils people by making them vain, egotistic and self-complacent is erroneous.Ex: One nice thing about egotists is that they don't talk about other people.* de modo egoísta = selfishly.* * *selfish, egoistic, egotistic( Psic) egoist, egotistes una egoísta she is very selfish* * *
egoísta adjetivo
selfish, egotistic
■ sustantivo masculino y femenino (Psic) egotist;
egoísta
I adjetivo egoistic, selfish
II mf egoist, selfish person
' egoísta' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
buitre
- interesada
- interesado
- acaparador
- mezquindad
- puro
- volver
English:
ax
- axe
- egoist
- possessive
- selfish
- unselfish
* * *♦ adjegoistic, selfish;¡mira que eres egoísta! you're so selfish!;era muy egoísta con sus hermanos he was very selfish towards his brothers and sisters♦ nmfegotist, selfish person;ser un egoísta to be very selfish, to be an egotist* * *I adj selfish, egoisticII m/f egoist* * *egoísta adj: selfish, egoisticegoísta nmf: egoist, selfish person* * *egoísta1 adj selfishegoísta2 n selfish person -
72 función
f.1 function, interrelation, relationship, interrelationship.2 show, performance.3 function, duty, job.4 function, feature.5 function, mathematical function.* * *1 (gen) function2 (cargo) duty3 (espectáculo) performance, show\en función de according toen funciones actingentrar en función (persona) to take up one's postestar en funciones to be in officefunción de noche evening performancefunción de tarde matinée* * *noun f.1) function2) duty3) performance* * *SF1) (=actividad) [física, de máquina] function2) (=papel) function¿cuál es la función del Estado? — what is the function of the State?
esa debería ser la función de la prensa — that should be the role o function of the press
es una escultura que también cumple o hace la función de puerta — it is a sculpture which also acts as o serves as a door
•
desempeñar la función de director/inspector/secretario — to have o hold the position of director/inspector/secretary•
la función de hacer algo — the task of doing sthlas fuerzas armadas tienen la función de proteger el país — the role o function of the armed forces is to protect the country
3) pl funcionesa) (=deberes) dutiesexcederse o extralimitarse en sus funciones — to exceed one's duties
b)• en funciones — [ministro, alcalde, presidente] acting antes de s
•
entrar en funciones — [funcionario] to take up one's duties o post; [ministro, alcalde, presidente] to take up office, assume office; [organismo] to come into being4)•
en función de —a) (=según) according toel dinero se repartirá en función de las necesidades de cada país — the money will be distributed according to the needs of each country
el punto de ebullición del agua varía en función de la presión atmosférica — the boiling point of water varies according to atmospheric pressure
el desarrollo cultural está en función de la estructura política de un país — cultural development depends on the political structure of a country
b) (=basándose en) on the basis oflos consumidores realizan sus compras en función de la calidad y el precio — consumers make their purchases on the basis of quality and price
5) (=espectáculo) [de teatro, ópera] performance; [de títeres, variedades, musical] showfunción continuada — Cono Sur continuous performance
función de noche — late performance, evening performance
6)• la función pública — the civil service
7) (Mat) function8) (Ling) function* * *1)a) (cometido, propósito) functionla función del mediador — the role o function of the mediator
cumple/tiene la función de... — it performs the function of...
b) funciones masculino plural duties (pl)entrar en funciones — (AmL) empleado to take up one's post; presidente to assume office
2) (Fisiol) function; (Mat) function; (Ling) function3) (de teatro, circo) performance; ( de cine) showing, performance•* * *= capability, feature, function, function, purpose, role, hat, functionality, function.Ex. DOBIS/LIBIS contains a so-called 'help' capability.Ex. Another way of doing this search is to use the lateral searching feature.Ex. The function of a catalog is to inform a library user whether or not the library contains a particular book specified by author and title.Ex. Select a function from the menu by pressing the key listed to the left.Ex. Chapters 7 and 8 introduced the problems associated with author cataloguing and have surveyed the purpose of cataloguing codes.Ex. The role of analytical entries in an online catalogue is less clear.Ex. The city librarian has commonly been a general cultural consultant, often with more than one hat, with the curatorship of the museum and/or art gallery as additional offices.Ex. This article describes the functionality of CARL software for this purpose, loads a brief rundown of data bases, and gives the criteria for selecting data bases.Ex. The workshop consisted of an inaugural function, a series of lectures, a panel discussion and a valedictory function.----* adaptarse a una función = step up to + role.* adoptar una función = step up to + role.* ambigüedad de funciones = role ambiguity.* asumir una función = take upon + Reflexivo + role.* claridad de funciones = role clarity.* conferir una función = confer + function.* conflicto de funciones = role conflict.* con una función destacada = high profile.* cumplir una función = fulfil + function.* definir una función = formulate + role.* descripción de las funciones = job description, job profile.* desempeñando muchas funciones = in many capacities.* desempeñar bien una función = perform + well.* desempeñar + Posesivo + funciones = do + Posesivo + business.* desempeñar una buena función = produce + the goods.* desempeñar una función = fulfil + purpose, perform + function, play + role, discharge + function, discharge + duty, perform + role, articulate + role, fit into + the picture, play + Posesivo + part.* distribución en función del género = gender distribution.* ejecutar una función = run + function.* en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.* en funciones = acting + Cargo.* estar en función de = be a function of.* evaluación del impacto en función del género = gender-impact assessment.* examinar la función de Algo = investigate + role.* función bibliotecaria = library function.* función cognitiva = cognitive function.* función de autoedición = authoring aid, authoring tool.* función de consulta = enquiry function.* función de corrección = editing function.* función de extracción y copiado = pull function.* función de la biblioteca = library's function.* función de la correlación de los cosenos = cosine correlation function.* función de servicio = service function.* función de solapamiento = overlap function.* función dominante = alpha role.* funciones de edición = editing facilities.* funciones del personal = staff duties.* funciones del puesto de trabajo = position + entail + duty.* funciones de modificación = editing facilities.* función esencial = vital role.* función por tecla = keyboard function.* función vital = vital role.* indicador de función = operator, role indicator.* inversión de funciones = reversal of roles, role reversal.* operador de función = role.* que se concede en función de las necesidades económicas = means-tested.* rol establecido en función del sexo = gender role.* seleccionar una función = invoke + function.* tecla de función = function key.* tecla de función del programa = programme function key.* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.* tener la función de = be in the business of.* * *1)a) (cometido, propósito) functionla función del mediador — the role o function of the mediator
cumple/tiene la función de... — it performs the function of...
b) funciones masculino plural duties (pl)entrar en funciones — (AmL) empleado to take up one's post; presidente to assume office
2) (Fisiol) function; (Mat) function; (Ling) function3) (de teatro, circo) performance; ( de cine) showing, performance•* * *= capability, feature, function, function, purpose, role, hat, functionality, function.Ex: DOBIS/LIBIS contains a so-called 'help' capability.
Ex: Another way of doing this search is to use the lateral searching feature.Ex: The function of a catalog is to inform a library user whether or not the library contains a particular book specified by author and title.Ex: Select a function from the menu by pressing the key listed to the left.Ex: Chapters 7 and 8 introduced the problems associated with author cataloguing and have surveyed the purpose of cataloguing codes.Ex: The role of analytical entries in an online catalogue is less clear.Ex: The city librarian has commonly been a general cultural consultant, often with more than one hat, with the curatorship of the museum and/or art gallery as additional offices.Ex: This article describes the functionality of CARL software for this purpose, loads a brief rundown of data bases, and gives the criteria for selecting data bases.Ex: The workshop consisted of an inaugural function, a series of lectures, a panel discussion and a valedictory function.* adaptarse a una función = step up to + role.* adoptar una función = step up to + role.* ambigüedad de funciones = role ambiguity.* asumir una función = take upon + Reflexivo + role.* claridad de funciones = role clarity.* conferir una función = confer + function.* conflicto de funciones = role conflict.* con una función destacada = high profile.* cumplir una función = fulfil + function.* definir una función = formulate + role.* descripción de las funciones = job description, job profile.* desempeñando muchas funciones = in many capacities.* desempeñar bien una función = perform + well.* desempeñar + Posesivo + funciones = do + Posesivo + business.* desempeñar una buena función = produce + the goods.* desempeñar una función = fulfil + purpose, perform + function, play + role, discharge + function, discharge + duty, perform + role, articulate + role, fit into + the picture, play + Posesivo + part.* distribución en función del género = gender distribution.* ejecutar una función = run + function.* en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.* en funciones = acting + Cargo.* estar en función de = be a function of.* evaluación del impacto en función del género = gender-impact assessment.* examinar la función de Algo = investigate + role.* función bibliotecaria = library function.* función cognitiva = cognitive function.* función de autoedición = authoring aid, authoring tool.* función de consulta = enquiry function.* función de corrección = editing function.* función de extracción y copiado = pull function.* función de la biblioteca = library's function.* función de la correlación de los cosenos = cosine correlation function.* función de servicio = service function.* función de solapamiento = overlap function.* función dominante = alpha role.* funciones de edición = editing facilities.* funciones del personal = staff duties.* funciones del puesto de trabajo = position + entail + duty.* funciones de modificación = editing facilities.* función esencial = vital role.* función por tecla = keyboard function.* función vital = vital role.* indicador de función = operator, role indicator.* inversión de funciones = reversal of roles, role reversal.* operador de función = role.* que se concede en función de las necesidades económicas = means-tested.* rol establecido en función del sexo = gender role.* seleccionar una función = invoke + function.* tecla de función = function key.* tecla de función del programa = programme function key.* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.* tener la función de = be in the business of.* * *A1 (cometido, propósito) functionun mueble que cumple distintas funciones a piece of furniture which serves more than one purpose o functionla función del árbitro en estas disputas the role o function of the mediator in these disputes2(tarea, deber): en el ejercicio de sus funciones in the performance of her duties, while carrying out her dutiesse excedió en sus funciones he exceeded his powersfue suspendido de sus funciones he was suspended from dutydesempeña las funciones de asesor en cuestiones fiscales he acts as a tax consultanten funciones acting ( before n)lo firmó el secretario en funciones the acting secretary signed itentrar en funciones ( AmL) «empleado» to take up one's post;«presidente» to assume officeen función de according toel precio se determina en función de la oferta y la demanda the price is fixed according to supply and demandsalario en función de la experiencia y formación aportadas salary according to experience and qualificationsuna casa diseñada en función de las personas que la van a ocupar a house designed with the future occupants in mindB ( Fisiol) functionC1 ( Mat) function2 ( Ling) functionCompuestos:part of speechperiodic functionCompuestos:benefit, charity performance( AmL exc CS) continuous performance(CS) continuous performancelate showlate evening performance* * *
función sustantivo femenino
1
◊ tiene la función de … it performs the function of …;
salario en función de la experiencia salary according to experienceb)◊ funciones sustantivo masculino plural
duties (pl);
en el ejercicio de sus funciones in the performance of her duties;
el secretario en funciones the acting secretary;
entrar en funciones (AmL) [ empleado] to take up one's post;
[ presidente] to assume office
2 (Fisiol, Mat, Ling) function
3 (de teatro, circo) performance;
( de cine) showing, performance;
función sustantivo femenino
1 Cine Teat performance
2 (finalidad, tarea) function
3 (cargo, empleo) duties pl: le han nombrado presidente en funciones, he has been appointed acting president
4 Mat function
♦ Locuciones: en función de, depending on
' función' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
cometido
- como
- concierto
- desempeñar
- destinar
- mañana
- matinal
- papel
- relevar
- rotar
- sitio
- asignación
- asignar
- auspiciar
- ejecutivo
- estar
- gala
- noche
- tanda
- títere
English:
benefit
- deny
- duty
- excuse
- frequent
- function
- function key
- guffaw
- mill about
- mill around
- pantomime
- performance
- show
- assignment
- book
- dual
- matinee
* * *♦ nf1. [actividad, objetivo] function;[trabajo] duty;la función de estas columnas es sólo decorativa these columns have a purely decorative function;esta pieza desempeña una función clave this part has a crucial function o role;la función del coordinador es hacer que todo discurra sin contratiempos the coordinator's job o function is to make sure everything goes smoothly;desempeña las funciones de portavoz he acts as spokesperson;director en funciones acting director;entrar en funciones [en empresa, organización] to take up one's post;[ministro] to take up office Biol función clorofílica photosynthesis2. [en teatro, cine] showfunción benéfica charity performance, benefit;función continua continuous performance;RP función continuada continuous performance;función de noche evening performance;función de tarde matinée3. Ling function;en función de sujeto functioning as a subject4. Mat functionfunción periódica periodic function♦ en función de loc prepdepending on;las ayudas se conceden en función de los ingresos familiares the amount of benefit given depends o is dependent on family income, the benefits are means-tested* * *f1 purpose, function3:en funciones acting;entrar en funciones take office4 TEA performance5:en función de according to* * *1) : function2) : duty3) : performance, show* * *función n1. (actividad) function2. (representación) performance / show -
73 persona
f.1 person (individuo).vinieron varias personas several people camecien personas a hundred peopleen persona in personpor persona per headser buena persona to be a good person o sortpersona mayor adult, grown-uppersona non grata persona non grata2 party (law).persona física private individualpersona jurídica legal entity o person3 person (grammar).la segunda persona del singular the second person singular* * *1 person\en persona in personpersona física individualpersona jurídica legal entity* * *noun f.* * *SF1) (=individuo) person•
en persona — in person, in the fleshvi al príncipe en persona — I saw the prince in the flesh o in person
•
por persona — per persondos dólares por persona — two dollars per person, two dollars a head
•
tercera persona — third partypersona de edad — elderly person, senior citizen
persona de historia — † dubious individual
persona no grata, persona non grata — persona non grata
personas reales — frm royalty sing, king and queen
2) (Jur)3) (Ling) person4) (Rel)PERSONA Mientras que persona en singular se traduce por person, el plural tiene dos traducciones: people y persons. ► People es la forma más utilizada, ya que persons se emplea solamente en el lenguaje formal o técnico. Las dos formas llevan el verbo en plural: Acaban de llegar tres personas preguntando por un tal Sr. Oliva Three people have just arrived asking for a Mr Oliva "Peso máximo: 8 personas" "Weight limit: 8 persons" Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada* * *1)a) ( ser humano) personcarga máxima: ocho personas — maximum capacity: eight persons
¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? — how many people do you have reporting to you?
las personas interesadas... — all those interested...
b) (en locs)en persona — <ir/presentarse> in person
la tarea recayó en la persona de... — the task was allocated to...
por persona: 20 dólares por persona 20 dollars a head; sólo se venden dos entradas por persona — you can only get two tickets per person
2) (Ling) person* * *= fellow, figure, hand, individual, man [men, -pl.], party, person, character, chap, self.Ex. From the skimming he had given their writings he knew that something like a chemical agent was working in Balzac's defenseless mind, and that the hapless fellow was trying not to succumb to it.Ex. Much potentially valuable historical material is lost to posterity because of the attitude to the collection of primary sources which always gives pride of place to the ephemeral as long as it is compiled by a well-known figure.Ex. Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.Ex. Note that these provisions do not include research reports which have been prepared within a government agency but specifically authored by an individual = Nótese que estas disposiciones no afectan a informes de investigaciones procedentes de una agencia gubernamental aunque realizados concretamente por un individuo.Ex. No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.Ex. Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.Ex. Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.Ex. All the same, I think the incident improbable because he has been represented up till then as a cold, careful character.Ex. In practice, however, such democratic attitudes among the mighty seem to have as little effect on the behaviour of those who serve them as did the remark made by King George V at his Jubilee in 1935, 'I'm really quite an ordinary sort of chap'.Ex. Education should relate more effectively to personal development, to individual coping and to the development of the free self.----* a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.* Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.* algunas personas = some people.* atendido por varias personas = multi-staffed.* biografía de personas célebres = celebrity biography.* círculo de personas afines e influyentes = network.* como persona que = as one who.* conjunto de personas que reciben un servicio = constituency.* contra toda persona = all comers.* crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.* cualquier otra persona = anybody else.* cualquier persona = anyone, any Tom, Dick or Harry.* cuidados para personas de la tercera edad = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].* cuidados para personas mayores = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].* de persona = personal.* de personas con autoridad moral = authoritative.* de primera persona = first-person.* de una sola persona = one-man.* dirigido a las personas = people-centred, people-oriented.* dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.* en persona = in person, walk-in, in the flesh, face-to-face [face to face].* grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.* inicial del segundo nombre de pila de una persona = middle initial.* la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.* la misma persona = one and the same person.* la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.* lista de personas de contacto = contact list.* lista de personas y cometidos = duty roster.* mala persona = rotten apple, a bad lot.* ninguna otra persona = no one else.* oír por segundas personas = hear + second-hand.* orientado a la persona = human-oriented.* orientado al servicio de las personas = people-centred.* otra persona = somebody else, someone else, somebody else, not me.* para algunas personas = to some people.* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.* pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.* pérdida de persona querida = emotional loss.* persona a cargo = dependent.* persona aprensiva = apprehensive.* persona atrevida = risk taker.* persona audaz = risk taker.* persona aún por determinar = nomen nominandum [N.N.].* persona becada = fundee.* persona civil = civilian.* persona competente = a good sport.* persona común = ordinary person.* persona con ahorros = saver.* persona con ambición = high flyer [high flier, -USA], go-getter.* persona con doble personalidad = Jekyll and Hyde.* persona con éxito = successful person.* persona con iniciativa = go-getter.* persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.* persona con llave = keyholder.* persona con mala ortografía = speller.* persona con mucha ambición = social climber.* persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].* persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.* persona de acción = doer.* persona de adentro = insider.* persona de altos vuelos = high flyer [high flier, -USA].* persona de color = non-white [nonwhite], coloured man, coloured woman, coloured [colored, -USA].* persona de conducta desviada = deviant.* persona de confianza = good old boy, sounding board.* persona de contacto = contact, correspondent, contact person, named contact.* persona de edad avanzada = elderly person.* persona de éxito = successful person.* persona de fuera = outsider.* persona dejada = slob.* persona de la alta sociedad = socialite.* persona de la propia empresa = insider.* persona de la tercera edad = elder.* persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].* persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].* persona de raza blanca = white.* persona de raza negra = black.* persona designada = nominee, designate.* persona designada para un cargo = appointee.* persona destacada = standout.* persona divorciada = divorcee.* persona emprendedora = go-getter.* persona encargada de actualizar = maintainer.* persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.* persona encargada de las relaciones públicas = PR man [PR men, -pl.].* persona encargada de recabar fondos = fundraiser [fund-raiser].* persona en prácticas = trainee, intern.* persona entusiasta y trabajadora = eager beaver.* persona estúpida = no-brainer.* persona famosa = famous person.* persona ilusa = daydreamer.* persona influyente = influencer, mover and shaker, heavy weight [heavyweight].* persona informada = insider.* persona innovadora = innovator.* persona inquieta = fidget.* persona inscrita = registrant.* persona interesada = taker.* persona joven = youth.* persona mañosa = handyman [handymen, pl.].* persona más destacada = top person [top people, -pl.].* persona más relevante = top person [top people, -pl.].* persona mayor = elder.* persona medianamente cultivada = middlebrow [middle-brow].* persona muy ocupada = busy beaver, busy bee.* persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.* persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.* persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.* persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.* persona nerviosa = fidget.* persona no experta = non-scholar.* persona no grata = persona non grata.* persona no muy lista pero trabajadora = plodder.* persona normal = ordinary person.* persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.* persona o mecanismo que resuelve problemas = solver.* persona opuesta a = resister (of/against).* persona problemática = troublemaker.* persona que abandona Algo = quitter.* persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.* persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.* persona que busca y vive de lo que encuentra en las playas = beachcomber.* persona que cambia de trabajo con demasiada frecuencia = job-hopper.* persona que concede una franquicia = franchiser [franchisor].* persona que contempla o mira algo = beholder.* persona que convoca una reunión = convener [convenor].* persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.* persona que da consuelo = comforter.* persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.* persona que desfigura Algo = defacer.* persona que desprecia u odia = despiser.* persona que desvela escándalos o corrupción = muckraker.* persona que duerme bien = good sleeper.* persona que elabora el plan de estudios = syllabus maker.* persona que escucha a escondidas = eavesdropper.* persona que escucha en secreto = eavesdropper.* persona que está a dieta = dieter.* persona que está aprendiendo a conducir = learner driver.* persona que está de picnic = picnicker.* persona que hace encajes = tatter.* persona que hace striptease = stripper.* persona que hace una cita bibliográfica = citator.* persona que hace un comentario = commenter.* persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.* persona que ha llegado donde está por su propio esfuerzo = self-made-man, the.* persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.* persona que intenta averiguar y resolver problemas = troubleshooter.* persona que le desea suerte a otra = well-wisher.* persona que le gusta flirtear = flirt.* persona que llama = caller.* persona que no le gusta leer = aliterate.* persona que no pertenece a la familia = nonrelative [non-relative].* persona que no se sale del lugar donde vive = stay-at-home.* persona que nunca se deshace de nada = packrat, hoarder, magpie.* persona que obtiene una franquicia = franchisee.* persona que paga impuestos = taxpayer [tax-payer].* persona que permanece en un puesto de trabajo = stayer.* persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.* persona que pone en práctica Algo = adopter.* persona que practica el sillonball = couch potato.* persona que recibe asesoramiento = counselee.* persona que recoge algo = picker.* persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.* persona que rinde más de lo esperado = overachiever.* persona que rinde por debajo de su capacidad = underachiever.* persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.* persona que se cree Algo = biter.* persona que se cuida la línea = weight watcher.* persona que se dedica a una tarea monótona = harmless drudge.* persona que se dedica a una terea monótona = harmless drudge.* persona que se desarrolla tarde = late bloomer.* persona que se opone a Algo = opponent.* persona que se promociona a sí misma = self-promoter.* persona que se queja = complainant, complainer.* persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.* persona que sufre de insomio = insomniac.* persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.* persona que toma la última decisión = decider.* persona que utiliza la biblioteca = non-library user.* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].* persona que va por libre = outsider.* persona que ve = sighted person.* persona que ve/observa = watcher.* persona que visita un servicio voluntariamente en sus ratos libres = drop-in.* persona que viste a la antigua = frump.* persona reacia a la lectura = aliterate.* persona recta = mensch.* personas = humans, party, people, public.* personas como = the likes of.* personas con ceguera parcial = partially-sighted.* personas con deficiencias auditivas, las = hearing impaired, the.* personas con deficiencias mentales corregibles = educably mentally handicapped (EMH).* personas con discapacidades mentales, las = intellectually disabled, the.* personas con discapacidades mentales = intellectually disabled people.* personas con éxito, las = successful, the.* personas con problemas de lectura = print handicapped people, print handicapped, the.* personas con problemas de lectura de la letra impresa = print disabled people.* personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.* personas con problemas mentales = disturbed people.* personas con trastornos emocionales = disturbed people.* personas de color = coloured people.* personas de la tercera edad, las = elderly, the.* personas de piel blanca, las = fair skinned, the.* personas en desventaja = disadvantaged, the.* personas faltas de servicios, las = underserved, the.* personas famosas = those held up for praise.* personas importantes = those held up for praise.* persona sin hogar = waif, homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].* persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.* persona sin techo = homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].* personas mayores = older people, elderly people.* personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.* personas muy activas, las = those on the go.* personas muy ocupadas, las = those on the go.* personas no invitadas, las = uninvited, the.* persona solitaria = lone wolf.* personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.* personas que siempre están viajando, las = those on the go.* personas que son duras de oído, las = hard of hearing, the.* personas relevantes = those held up for praise.* personas sin conocimientos técnicos, las = non-technical, the.* personas sin hogar = homelessness.* personas sin hogar, las = homeless, the.* personas sin techo = homelessness.* personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.* persona subvencionada = fundee.* persona temerosa = risk taker.* persona típica, la = average man, the.* persona u organismo que recorta presupuestos o ayuda a reducir gastos = cost-cutter.* persona vaga y mal vestida = slob.* por persona = per person.* préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.* primera persona = first person.* representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.* ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.* ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.* ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.* tipo de persona = public.* todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.* trabajar como persona en prácticas = intern.* tráfico de personas = foot fall.* tropezar una persona con otra = fall over + each other's feet.* usuario en persona = walk-in user.* visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.* visión de una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.* * *1)a) ( ser humano) personcarga máxima: ocho personas — maximum capacity: eight persons
¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? — how many people do you have reporting to you?
las personas interesadas... — all those interested...
b) (en locs)en persona — <ir/presentarse> in person
la tarea recayó en la persona de... — the task was allocated to...
por persona: 20 dólares por persona 20 dollars a head; sólo se venden dos entradas por persona — you can only get two tickets per person
2) (Ling) person* * *= fellow, figure, hand, individual, man [men, -pl.], party, person, character, chap, self.Ex: From the skimming he had given their writings he knew that something like a chemical agent was working in Balzac's defenseless mind, and that the hapless fellow was trying not to succumb to it.
Ex: Much potentially valuable historical material is lost to posterity because of the attitude to the collection of primary sources which always gives pride of place to the ephemeral as long as it is compiled by a well-known figure.Ex: Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.Ex: Note that these provisions do not include research reports which have been prepared within a government agency but specifically authored by an individual = Nótese que estas disposiciones no afectan a informes de investigaciones procedentes de una agencia gubernamental aunque realizados concretamente por un individuo.Ex: No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.Ex: Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.Ex: Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.Ex: All the same, I think the incident improbable because he has been represented up till then as a cold, careful character.Ex: In practice, however, such democratic attitudes among the mighty seem to have as little effect on the behaviour of those who serve them as did the remark made by King George V at his Jubilee in 1935, 'I'm really quite an ordinary sort of chap'.Ex: Education should relate more effectively to personal development, to individual coping and to the development of the free self.* a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.* Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.* algunas personas = some people.* atendido por varias personas = multi-staffed.* biografía de personas célebres = celebrity biography.* círculo de personas afines e influyentes = network.* como persona que = as one who.* conjunto de personas que reciben un servicio = constituency.* contra toda persona = all comers.* crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.* cualquier otra persona = anybody else.* cualquier persona = anyone, any Tom, Dick or Harry.* cuidados para personas de la tercera edad = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].* cuidados para personas mayores = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].* de persona = personal.* de personas con autoridad moral = authoritative.* de primera persona = first-person.* de una sola persona = one-man.* dirigido a las personas = people-centred, people-oriented.* dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.* el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.* el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.* en persona = in person, walk-in, in the flesh, face-to-face [face to face].* grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.* inicial del segundo nombre de pila de una persona = middle initial.* la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.* la misma persona = one and the same person.* la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.* lista de personas de contacto = contact list.* lista de personas y cometidos = duty roster.* mala persona = rotten apple, a bad lot.* ninguna otra persona = no one else.* oír por segundas personas = hear + second-hand.* orientado a la persona = human-oriented.* orientado al servicio de las personas = people-centred.* otra persona = somebody else, someone else, somebody else, not me.* para algunas personas = to some people.* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.* pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.* pérdida de persona querida = emotional loss.* persona a cargo = dependent.* persona aprensiva = apprehensive.* persona atrevida = risk taker.* persona audaz = risk taker.* persona aún por determinar = nomen nominandum [N.N.].* persona becada = fundee.* persona civil = civilian.* persona competente = a good sport.* persona común = ordinary person.* persona con ahorros = saver.* persona con ambición = high flyer [high flier, -USA], go-getter.* persona con doble personalidad = Jekyll and Hyde.* persona con éxito = successful person.* persona con iniciativa = go-getter.* persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.* persona con llave = keyholder.* persona con mala ortografía = speller.* persona con mucha ambición = social climber.* persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].* persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.* persona de acción = doer.* persona de adentro = insider.* persona de altos vuelos = high flyer [high flier, -USA].* persona de color = non-white [nonwhite], coloured man, coloured woman, coloured [colored, -USA].* persona de conducta desviada = deviant.* persona de confianza = good old boy, sounding board.* persona de contacto = contact, correspondent, contact person, named contact.* persona de edad avanzada = elderly person.* persona de éxito = successful person.* persona de fuera = outsider.* persona dejada = slob.* persona de la alta sociedad = socialite.* persona de la propia empresa = insider.* persona de la tercera edad = elder.* persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].* persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].* persona de raza blanca = white.* persona de raza negra = black.* persona designada = nominee, designate.* persona designada para un cargo = appointee.* persona destacada = standout.* persona divorciada = divorcee.* persona emprendedora = go-getter.* persona encargada de actualizar = maintainer.* persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.* persona encargada de las relaciones públicas = PR man [PR men, -pl.].* persona encargada de recabar fondos = fundraiser [fund-raiser].* persona en prácticas = trainee, intern.* persona entusiasta y trabajadora = eager beaver.* persona estúpida = no-brainer.* persona famosa = famous person.* persona ilusa = daydreamer.* persona influyente = influencer, mover and shaker, heavy weight [heavyweight].* persona informada = insider.* persona innovadora = innovator.* persona inquieta = fidget.* persona inscrita = registrant.* persona interesada = taker.* persona joven = youth.* persona mañosa = handyman [handymen, pl.].* persona más destacada = top person [top people, -pl.].* persona más relevante = top person [top people, -pl.].* persona mayor = elder.* persona medianamente cultivada = middlebrow [middle-brow].* persona muy ocupada = busy beaver, busy bee.* persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.* persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.* persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.* persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.* persona nerviosa = fidget.* persona no experta = non-scholar.* persona no grata = persona non grata.* persona no muy lista pero trabajadora = plodder.* persona normal = ordinary person.* persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.* persona o mecanismo que resuelve problemas = solver.* persona opuesta a = resister (of/against).* persona problemática = troublemaker.* persona que abandona Algo = quitter.* persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.* persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.* persona que busca y vive de lo que encuentra en las playas = beachcomber.* persona que cambia de trabajo con demasiada frecuencia = job-hopper.* persona que concede una franquicia = franchiser [franchisor].* persona que contempla o mira algo = beholder.* persona que convoca una reunión = convener [convenor].* persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.* persona que da consuelo = comforter.* persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.* persona que desfigura Algo = defacer.* persona que desprecia u odia = despiser.* persona que desvela escándalos o corrupción = muckraker.* persona que duerme bien = good sleeper.* persona que elabora el plan de estudios = syllabus maker.* persona que escucha a escondidas = eavesdropper.* persona que escucha en secreto = eavesdropper.* persona que está a dieta = dieter.* persona que está aprendiendo a conducir = learner driver.* persona que está de picnic = picnicker.* persona que hace encajes = tatter.* persona que hace striptease = stripper.* persona que hace una cita bibliográfica = citator.* persona que hace un comentario = commenter.* persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.* persona que ha llegado donde está por su propio esfuerzo = self-made-man, the.* persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.* persona que intenta averiguar y resolver problemas = troubleshooter.* persona que le desea suerte a otra = well-wisher.* persona que le gusta flirtear = flirt.* persona que llama = caller.* persona que no le gusta leer = aliterate.* persona que no pertenece a la familia = nonrelative [non-relative].* persona que no se sale del lugar donde vive = stay-at-home.* persona que nunca se deshace de nada = packrat, hoarder, magpie.* persona que obtiene una franquicia = franchisee.* persona que paga impuestos = taxpayer [tax-payer].* persona que permanece en un puesto de trabajo = stayer.* persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.* persona que pone en práctica Algo = adopter.* persona que practica el sillonball = couch potato.* persona que recibe asesoramiento = counselee.* persona que recoge algo = picker.* persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.* persona que rinde más de lo esperado = overachiever.* persona que rinde por debajo de su capacidad = underachiever.* persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.* persona que se cree Algo = biter.* persona que se cuida la línea = weight watcher.* persona que se dedica a una tarea monótona = harmless drudge.* persona que se dedica a una terea monótona = harmless drudge.* persona que se desarrolla tarde = late bloomer.* persona que se opone a Algo = opponent.* persona que se promociona a sí misma = self-promoter.* persona que se queja = complainant, complainer.* persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.* persona que sufre de insomio = insomniac.* persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.* persona que toma la última decisión = decider.* persona que utiliza la biblioteca = non-library user.* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].* persona que va por libre = outsider.* persona que ve = sighted person.* persona que ve/observa = watcher.* persona que visita un servicio voluntariamente en sus ratos libres = drop-in.* persona que viste a la antigua = frump.* persona reacia a la lectura = aliterate.* persona recta = mensch.* personas = humans, party, people, public.* personas como = the likes of.* personas con ceguera parcial = partially-sighted.* personas con deficiencias auditivas, las = hearing impaired, the.* personas con deficiencias mentales corregibles = educably mentally handicapped (EMH).* personas con discapacidades mentales, las = intellectually disabled, the.* personas con discapacidades mentales = intellectually disabled people.* personas con éxito, las = successful, the.* personas con problemas de lectura = print handicapped people, print handicapped, the.* personas con problemas de lectura de la letra impresa = print disabled people.* personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.* personas con problemas mentales = disturbed people.* personas con trastornos emocionales = disturbed people.* personas de color = coloured people.* personas de la tercera edad, las = elderly, the.* personas de piel blanca, las = fair skinned, the.* personas en desventaja = disadvantaged, the.* personas faltas de servicios, las = underserved, the.* personas famosas = those held up for praise.* personas importantes = those held up for praise.* persona sin hogar = waif, homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].* persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.* persona sin techo = homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].* personas mayores = older people, elderly people.* personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.* personas muy activas, las = those on the go.* personas muy ocupadas, las = those on the go.* personas no invitadas, las = uninvited, the.* persona solitaria = lone wolf.* personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.* personas que siempre están viajando, las = those on the go.* personas que son duras de oído, las = hard of hearing, the.* personas relevantes = those held up for praise.* personas sin conocimientos técnicos, las = non-technical, the.* personas sin hogar = homelessness.* personas sin hogar, las = homeless, the.* personas sin techo = homelessness.* personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.* persona subvencionada = fundee.* persona temerosa = risk taker.* persona típica, la = average man, the.* persona u organismo que recorta presupuestos o ayuda a reducir gastos = cost-cutter.* persona vaga y mal vestida = slob.* por persona = per person.* préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.* primera persona = first person.* representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.* ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.* ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.* ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.* tipo de persona = public.* todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.* trabajar como persona en prácticas = intern.* tráfico de personas = foot fall.* tropezar una persona con otra = fall over + each other's feet.* usuario en persona = walk-in user.* visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.* visión de una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.* * *A1 (ser humano) persones una persona muy educada/simpática he's/she's a very polite/likable personhabía tres personas esperando there were three people waitingen el coche caben cinco personas the car can take five people[ S ] carga máxima: ocho personas o 500 kilos maximum capacity: eight persons or 500 kiloscomo persona no me gusta I don't like him as a person¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? how many people do you have reporting to you?en la persona del Rey se concentra el poder civil y militar civil and military power resides in the King himselfse rindió homenaje a los ex-combatientes en la persona de … tribute was paid to the war veterans who were represented by …las personas interesadas pueden presentarse mañana a las diez all those interested may come along tomorrow at ten o'clockes una persona de recursos she's a resourceful person, she's resourceful2 ( en locs):de persona a persona person to personconferencia telefónica de persona a persona person-to-person callen persona in personvino en persona a traerme la carta she brought me the letter in personconozco su obra, pero no lo conozco en persona I know his work, but I don't know him personallydeberán presentarse en persona you must come personally o in persones el orden/la estupidez en persona he is orderliness/stupidity personifiedpor persona: la comida salió a 20 dólares por persona the meal came to 20 dollars a headsólo se venden dos entradas por persona you can only get two tickets per person o per headhay dos trozos por persona there are two pieces eachCompuestos:displaced personindividual● persona jurídica or morallegal entityindividual● persona no or non gratapersona non grataB ( Ling) personla primera persona del singular/plural the first person singular/plural* * *
Del verbo personarse: ( conjugate personarse)
se persona es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo
persona sustantivo femenino
dos o más personas two or more people;
las personas interesadas … all those interested …b) ( en locs)
no lo conozco en persona I don't know him personally;
por persona per person;
solo se venden dos entradas por persona you can only get two tickets per person;
la comida costó 20 dólares por persona the meal cost 20 dollars per o a headc) (Ling) person
persona sustantivo femenino
1 (individuo) person, people pl: es una persona muy sensible, he is a very sensitive person
no es mala persona, he isn't a bad sort
había demasiadas personas, there were too many people
familiar persona mayor, grown-up
persona non grata, persona non grata
2 persona jurídica, legal entity
3 Ling person
tercera persona del singular, third person singular
♦ Locuciones: en persona, in person
por persona, per person
' persona' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abajo
- abandonar
- abandonada
- abandonado
- abierta
- abierto
- abordar
- aborregarse
- abrazarse
- abrigada
- abrigado
- acaparar
- acartonarse
- acoger
- acogedor
- acogedora
- acogida
- acostarse
- adaptable
- adefesio
- adusta
- adusto
- afanosa
- afanoso
- afianzarse
- afortunada
- afortunado
- agobiante
- aguatera
- aguatero
- ajena
- ajeno
- alcanzar
- alevosa
- alevoso
- alhaja
- alma
- alquilar
- alta
- alto
- alza
- amén
- amordazar
- animar
- animadversión
- animal
- animarse
- anular
- apaciguarse
English:
abandon
- absence
- accept
- accessible
- acquaintance
- act up
- action
- activity
- adaptable
- address
- adjust
- adjustment
- admit
- adult
- advance
- affect
- affluent
- agreeable
- air
- airy
- aloof
- am
- angry
- annoyance
- appealing
- appoint
- approach
- approachable
- approve of
- armchair
- armor
- armour
- around
- arrival
- articulate
- ask
- ask for
- ass
- assassin
- assassination
- assign
- astute
- attractive
- available
- awkward
- ax
- axe
- baby
- background
- backward
* * *persona nf1. [individuo] person;vinieron varias personas several people came;cien personas a hundred people;la persona responsable the person in charge;las personas adultas adults;necesitan la mediación de una tercera persona they need the mediation of a third party;ser buena persona to be nice;ha venido el obispo en persona the bishop came in person;este niño es el demonio en persona this child is the very devil;de persona a persona person to person, one to one;por persona per headpersona de contacto contact person;persona mayor adult, grown-up;persona non grata persona non grata2. Der partypersona física natural o legal person;persona jurídica legal entity o person3. Gram person;la segunda persona del singular the second person singular4. Rel person* * *f person;quince personas fifteen people;persona (humana) human being;persona mayor elderly person buena/mala persona nice/nasty person;en persona in person* * *persona nf: person* * *¿cuántas personas había? how many people were there? -
74 अङ्गम् _aṅgam
अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा]1 The body.-2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them)-3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supple- mentary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval- kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expe- dient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also ( the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words).-4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual.-5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters.-6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश.-7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas).-8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also.-9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas.-ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north- east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a.1 Contiguous.-2 Having members or divisions.-Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्).-अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः).-2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa).-अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act.-कर्मन् n.-क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39.-2 a supplementary sacrificial act.-क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14.-ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness.-ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड]1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c.-2 produced by a supple- mentary rite.-3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः)-जनुस् also1 a son.-2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32.-3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161.-4 drunkenness, intoxication.-5 a disease. (-जा) a daugh- ter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm.-ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption.-दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defec- tive construction; Māna.-2 name of the 79th chapter.-द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas.-न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras.-पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि).-पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v.-प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72.-प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making pre- sents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.).-भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind.(-भूः) 1 a son.-2 Cupid.-3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Man- tras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.).-भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2.-2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85.-3 The middle part of the anus and testicles.-मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra.-मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्]1 one who shampoos his master's body.-2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos.-मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31.-यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv.-रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी).-रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a body- guard, personal attendant Pt.3.-रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person.-रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्]1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11.-2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents.-रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7.-लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas.-लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्]1 a scented cosmetic.-2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing.-लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber.-वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse.-विकल a. [तृ. त.]1 maimed, paralysed.-2 fainting, swooning.-विकृतिः f.1 change 2of bodily appearance; collapse.-2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार).-विकारः a bodily defect.-विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation.-2 a kind of dance.-विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्]1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge.-2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5.-विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act sub- servient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः).-वीरः chief or princi- pal hero.-वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.]1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार)-2 a nod, wink.-3 changed bodily appearance.-वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.).-संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्)1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c.-2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person.-संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body.-संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt.-सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition.-सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body.-सेवकः a personal attend- ant, body-guard.-स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science.-स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily con- tact or being touched by others.-हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidi- ary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥-हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91.-हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि]1 gesticula- tion.-2 stage; dancing hall.-हीन a. [तृ. त.]1 muti- lated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥). -
75 child
------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] big child[English Plural] big children[Swahili Word] toto[Swahili Plural] matoto[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 5/6an[Derived Word] -toto N------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] bring up a child[Swahili Word] -tamia[Part of Speech] verb------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] child[English Plural] children[Swahili Word] mtoto[Swahili Plural] watoto[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 1/2[Related Words] toto, kitoto, utoto------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] child[English Plural] children[Swahili Word] mwana[Swahili Plural] wana[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 1/2[Related Words] jana, kijana, uana, ujana[English Example] illegitimate child; a single hand can not nurse a child (proverb)[Swahili Example] mwana haramu; mkono moja haulei mwana (methali)------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] child[English Plural] children[Swahili Word] mzawa[Swahili Plural] wazawa[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 1/2[Dialect] dialectical[Derived Word] zaa[Swahili Definition] mtoto[English Example] the relationship between a parent and a child[Swahili Example] uhusiano kati ya mzazi na mzawa (Mkangi, Ukiwa)------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] child (of a human being or an animal)[Swahili Word] mzao[Swahili Plural] wazao[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 1/2[Derived Word] zaa V------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] child of a concubine[Swahili Word] suriama[Swahili Plural] masuriama[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 5/6an[Derived Word] suria N------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] child with upper teeth grown first[English Plural] children with upper teeth grown first[Swahili Word] kigego[Swahili Plural] vigego[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8an------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] dependent child[English Plural] dependent children[Swahili Word] mtoto mtegemea[Swahili Plural] watoto wategemea[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 1/2[Related Words] tegemea------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] fine child[English Plural] fine children[Swahili Word] jana[Swahili Plural] majana[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 5/6an[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] mwana[Related Words] kijana------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] firstborn child[English Plural] firstborn children[Swahili Word] kifungua mimba[Swahili Plural] vifungua mimba[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8an[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] -fungua, mimba[Swahili Definition] mtoto aliyezaliwa kabla ya ndugu zake[English Example] the first born child is Jumanne, and the next one is Halima.[Swahili Example] kifungua mimba ni Jumanne, na aliyemfuata ni Halima (Moshi Tuimarishe 56)------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] large child[English Plural] large children[Swahili Word] jana[Swahili Plural] majana[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 5/6an[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] mwana------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] last born child[English Plural] last born children[Swahili Word] kitinda mimba[Swahili Plural] vitinda mimba[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8an[Swahili Definition] mtoto aliyezaliwa baada ya ndugu zake[English Example] The third one is Bakari. He is the last born child.[Swahili Example] Wa tatu ni Bakari. Yeye ni kitinda mimba. (Moshi Tuimarishe 56).------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] last child (that a woman is capable of bearing[Swahili Word] mziwanda[Swahili Plural] waziwanda[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 1/2------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] last child (that a woman is capable of bearing[Swahili Word] mzuwanda[Swahili Plural] waziwanda[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 1/2------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] my child[Swahili Word] mwanangu[Swahili Plural] wanangu[Part of Speech] pronoun[Derived Word] mwana N, -angu pron------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] only child (as precious as the eye of a one-eyed person)[Swahili Word] chongo[Swahili Plural] chongo[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9/10an[Swahili Example] maskini Msimu, chongo yangu moja [Sul]------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] small child (fig.)[Swahili Word] malaika[Swahili Plural] malaika[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9/10an[Derived Word] Arabic------------------------------------------------------------[English Word] young child[English Plural] young children[Swahili Word] malaika[Swahili Plural] malaika[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9/10an------------------------------------------------------------ -
76 subject
I ['sʌbdʒɪkt]1) (topic) soggetto m., argomento m.to change o drop the subject cambiare argomento, lasciare cadere l'argomento; to raise a subject sollevare una questione; while we're on the subject of... — visto che siamo in tema di
2) (at school, college) materia f.; (for research, study) soggetto m.3) art. fot. soggetto m.4) (focus)5) ling. soggetto m.6) (citizen) suddito m. (-a)II ['sʌbdʒɪkt]1) (subservient) [people, race] asservito, sottomessoto be subject to — essere soggetto a [law, rule]
3) (liable)to be subject to — essere soggetto a [flooding, fits]; essere assoggettabile a [ tax]
4) (dependent)to be subject to — dipendere da [ approval]
"subject to alteration" — "soggetto a variazioni"
III [səb'dʒekt]"subject to availability" — (of flights, tickets) "in base alla disponibilità"; (of goods) "salvo venduto"
1) (expose)to be subjected to — dover sopportare [ noise]; essere oggetto di [ attacks]; essere sottoposto a [ torture]
to subject sth. to heat — esporre qcs. al calore
2) lett. (subjugate) sottomettere [race, country]* * *1. adjective((of countries etc) not independent, but dominated by another power: subject nations.) sottomesso2. noun1) (a person who is under the rule of a monarch or a member of a country that has a monarchy etc: We are loyal subjects of the Queen; He is a British subject.) suddito2) (someone or something that is talked about, written about etc: We discussed the price of food and similar subjects; What was the subject of the debate?; The teacher tried to think of a good subject for their essay; I've said all I can on that subject.) soggetto, argomento3) (a branch of study or learning in school, university etc: He is taking exams in seven subjects; Mathematics is his best subject.) materia4) (a thing, person or circumstance suitable for, or requiring, a particular kind of treatment, reaction etc: I don't think her behaviour is a subject for laughter.) motivo5) (in English, the word(s) representing the person or thing that usually does the action shown by the verb, and with which the verb agrees: The cat sat on the mat; He hit her because she broke his toy; He was hit by the ball.) soggetto3. [səb'‹ekt] verb1) (to bring (a person, country etc) under control: They have subjected all the neighbouring states (to their rule).) assoggettare, sottomettere2) (to cause to suffer, or submit (to something): He was subjected to cruel treatment; These tyres are subjected to various tests before leaving the factory.) sottoporre•- subjective
- subjectively
- subject matter
- change the subject
- subject to* * *subject (1) /ˈsʌbdʒɪkt/a.1 soggetto; assoggettato; sottomesso; sottoposto; esposto: subject nations, nazioni soggette; subject tribes, tribù sottomesse; Even foreigners are subject to the laws of the country, anche gli stranieri sono soggetti alle leggi del paese; I'm subject to tremendous headaches, vado soggetto a tremende emicranie; to be subject to envy, essere esposto all'invidia● subject to, salvo: Subject to correction, these are the facts, salvo errore, i fatti sono questi □ (comm.: di un prodotto) subject to availability, se disponibile; salvo venduto □ ( banca, fin.) subject to collection, salvo incasso; salvo buon fine (abbr. S.B.F.) □ (comm.) subject to sale (o subject to goods being unsold), salvo venduto □ ( di un popolo, ecc.) to be held subject, essere assoggettato; essere tenuto in sudditanza □ (comm.) All prices ( are) subject to alteration, tutti i prezzi sono suscettibili di variazione.♦ subject (2) /ˈsʌbdʒɪkt/n.1 soggetto ( anche gramm.); argomento; oggetto ( di esame, esperimento, ecc.): the subject of the speech [of the book], il soggetto del discorso [del libro]; (gramm.) Every verb has a subject, ogni verbo ha un soggetto; to change the subject, cambiare argomento; to drop the subject (o to let the subject drop) lasciar cadere l'argomento; on the subject of, a proposito di; to get onto a subject, arrivare a un argomento; entrare in un discorso; He's a subject for ridicule, è oggetto di scherno NOTA D'USO: - argument o topic?-2 materia ( di studio); disciplina: compulsory subjects, materie (di studio) obbligatorie; subsidiary subject, materia complementare ( all'università); Chemistry is my favourite subject, la chimica è la mia materia preferita; DIALOGO → - Before an exam- History's my weakest subject, and I'm worried, that's all, la storia è la materia in cui vado peggio e sono preoccupata, questo è tutto; DIALOGO → - School- What subjects did you have at school today?, che materie avevi oggi a scuola?3 suddito; cittadino: rulers and subjects, governanti e sudditi; He is a British subject, è cittadino britannico4 (form.) causa; motivo; occasione: a subject for great sorrow, una causa di grande dolore; I'll give you no subject for complaint, non vi darò motivo di lagnarvi di me5 (bot., zool.) esemplare● subject catalogue, catalogo per soggetto ( in una biblioteca) □ (fisc.) a subject for taxation, un soggetto d'imposta □ subject-heading, voce di indice □ subject matter, argomento; contenuto; oggetto; tema; materia □ (ass.) the subject matter insured, la cosa assicurata □ one's fellow-subjects, i propri concittadini.(to) subject /səbˈdʒɛkt/v. t.1 assoggettare; soggiogare; sottomettere: to subject a nation to one's rule, assoggettare una nazione al proprio potere; soggiogare una nazione2 ( anche tecn.) sottoporre; esporre: Iron must be subjected to a special process to become steel, il ferro deve essere sottoposto a un processo speciale per diventare acciaio; to subject sb. to ill-treatment, sottoporre q. a maltrattamenti3 (med.) predisporre: His weakness subjected him to many diseases, la sua debolezza lo predisponeva a molte malattie● to subject oneself, esporsi; sottomettersi: Don't subject yourself to ridicule [to criticism], non esporti al ridicolo [alle critiche].* * *I ['sʌbdʒɪkt]1) (topic) soggetto m., argomento m.to change o drop the subject cambiare argomento, lasciare cadere l'argomento; to raise a subject sollevare una questione; while we're on the subject of... — visto che siamo in tema di
2) (at school, college) materia f.; (for research, study) soggetto m.3) art. fot. soggetto m.4) (focus)5) ling. soggetto m.6) (citizen) suddito m. (-a)II ['sʌbdʒɪkt]1) (subservient) [people, race] asservito, sottomessoto be subject to — essere soggetto a [law, rule]
3) (liable)to be subject to — essere soggetto a [flooding, fits]; essere assoggettabile a [ tax]
4) (dependent)to be subject to — dipendere da [ approval]
"subject to alteration" — "soggetto a variazioni"
III [səb'dʒekt]"subject to availability" — (of flights, tickets) "in base alla disponibilità"; (of goods) "salvo venduto"
1) (expose)to be subjected to — dover sopportare [ noise]; essere oggetto di [ attacks]; essere sottoposto a [ torture]
to subject sth. to heat — esporre qcs. al calore
2) lett. (subjugate) sottomettere [race, country] -
77 rely
intransitive verb1) (have trust) sich verlassen ([up]on auf + Akk.)2) (be dependent) angewiesen sein ([up]on auf + Akk.)[have to] rely on somebody to help — darauf angewiesen sein, dass jemand hilft
* * *- academic.ru/118150/rely_on">rely on- reliable
- reliability
- reliably
- reliance
- reliant* * *[rɪˈlaɪ]vi1. (have confidence in)British weather can never be relied upon auf das britische Wetter ist kein Verlass▪ to \rely on [or upon] sb/sth to do [or doing] sth sich akk darauf verlassen [o darauf vertrauen], dass jd/etw etw tutdon't \rely on that lot winning the match sei nicht so sicher, dass die da das Spiel gewinnen2. (depend on)▪ to \rely on [or upon] sb/sth von jdm/etw abhängen▪ to \rely on [or upon] sb/sth doing sth darauf angewiesen sein, dass jd/etw etw tut* * *[rI'laɪ]vishe relied on the trains being on time — sie verließ sich darauf, dass die Züge pünktlich waren
I rely on him for my income —
you can rely ( up)on my help or on me to help you — du kannst dich darauf verlassen, dass ich dir helfe
she is not to be relied upon — man kann sich nicht auf sie verlassen
* * *rely [rıˈlaı] v/iI rely on you to do it ich verlasse mich darauf, dass du es tust;you can rely on me to help you du kannst dich auf meine Hilfe verlassen;have to rely on sb auf jemanden angewiesen sein;he can be relied upon man kann sich auf ihn verlassenthe author relies on earlier works der Autor lehnt sich an frühere Werke anfor hinsichtlich)* * *intransitive verb1) (have trust) sich verlassen ([up]on auf + Akk.)2) (be dependent) angewiesen sein ([up]on auf + Akk.)[have to] rely on somebody to help — darauf angewiesen sein, dass jemand hilft
* * *v.vertrauen v. -
78 tum
tum, adv. demonstr., of time [pronom. demonstr. stems to-, ta-; Gr. to, seen in ita, tam, etc.; cf. quom or cum], then.I.Absol.A.Referring to a time previously specified.1.To a definite past time.(α).To a period of time in which something was or happened (opp. later periods) = illis temporibus:(β).is dictu'st ollis popularibus olim Qui tum vivebant homines,
Enn. Ann. v. 308 Vahl.:quod tum erat res in pecore et locorum possessionibus, i. e. Romuli temporibus,
Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 16:cum illi male dicerent, quod tum fieri licebat, i. e. Periclis temporibus,
id. de Or. 3, 34, 138:erat omnino tum mos ut faciles essent in suum cuique tribuendo,
id. Brut. 21, 85; cf. id. Tusc. 1, 46, 111:vastae tum in his locis solitudines erant,
Liv. 1, 4, 6; 2, 6, 8; 3, 29, 3; 4, 6, 12; 42, 62, 11;44, 9, 4: ut tum erant tempora,
Nep. Att. 1, 2; 12, 3; Liv. 1, 3, 3; 1, 8, 4; 2, 7, 4; 2, 9, 8; 2, 50, 2; 2, 63, 6;39, 6, 7 and 9.—With illis temporibus: nam jam tum illis temporibus fortius... loquebantur quam pugnabant,
Nep. Thras. 2, 4.—Referring to a point of time, then, at that time:(γ).insigneita fere tum milia militum octo Duxit,
Enn. Ann. v. 336 Vahl.: ut jacui exsurgo;ardere censui aedis: ita tum confulgebant,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 15:jam duo restabant fata tum,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 35; id. Cist. 1, 3, 14: quot eras annos gnatus tum, quom, etc.? Me Septuennis, nam tum dentes mihi cadebant primulum, id. Men. 5, 9, 56; id. Merc. prol. 66; id. Most. 1, 2, 49; id. Am. 2, 1, 56; Ter. And. 1, 1, 82: sic igitur tum se levis ac diffusilis aether... undique flexit. Lucr. 5, 467; 5, 837; 5, 911; 5, 432;5, 942: atque huic anno proximus Sulla consule et Pompejo fuit. Tum P. Sulpicii in tribunatu, cottidie contionantis, totum genus dicendi cognovimus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 306; id. Ac. 2, 22, 69:scribit Eudemum Pheras venisse, quae erat urbs in Thessalia tum admodum nobilis,
id. Div. 1, 25, 53; id. Rep. 2, 37, 63:hi tum in Asia rhetorum principes,
id. Brut. 91, 316; id. Sest. 11, 26; id. Planc. 37, 90; id. Quint. 61, 170; id. Fam. 9, 21, 2:hoc tum veritus Caesar Pharum prehendit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 112:eodem anno a Campanis Cumae, quam Graeci tum urbem tenebant, capiuntur,
Liv. 4, 44, 13; 1, 7, 14; 2, 9, 5;2, 37, 7: praetores tum duos Latium habebat,
id. 8, 3, 9:Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant, dictatorem dixit,
id. 8, 12, 13; 5, 8, 4; 22, 46, 6;1, 7, 12: tum Athenis perpetui archontes esse desierunt,
Vell. 1, 8, 3:tum Cimbri et Teutoni transcendere Rhenum,
id. 2, 8, 3; Val. Max. 1, 5, 3; Tac. H. 4, 49; 3, 57:non timido, non ignavo cessare tum licuit,
Curt. 3, 11, 5:Archiae, qui tum maximum magistratum Thebis obtinebat,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2; id. Phoc. 3, 3.—With in eo tempore: eum quem virile secus tum in eo tempore habebat, Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 5.—Repeated by anaphora:quae nox omnium temporum conjurationis acerrima fuit. Tum Catilinae dies exeundi, tum ceteris manendi condicio, tum descriptio... constituta est, tum tuus pater, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 18, 52; cf. Lucr. 5, 1377; 5, 1399.—Esp., referring to a former state, implying that it no longer exists:(δ).quaesivit ex lege illa Cornelia quae tum erat,
Cic. Clu. 20, 55:cum sententias Oppianicus, quae tum erat potestas, palam ferri velle dixisset,
id. ib. 27, 75:Caere, opulento tum oppido,
Liv. 1, 2, 3; 3, 52, 3:praetores aerarii (nam tum a praetoribus tractabatur aerarium), etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 9.—Expressly opposed to present time (hodie, nunc, hoc tempore, etc.; class. and very freq.; but in post-Aug. writers tunc is regularly used): prius non is eras qui eras;(ε).nunc is factu's qui tum non eras,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 138:tu nunc tibi Id laudi ducis quod tum fecisti inopia?
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 25; id. Hec. 3, 3, 48:quae tabula, tum imperio tuo revulsa, nunc a me tamen reportata est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 112:tum imperator populi Romani deos patrios reportabat, nunc praetor ejusdem populi eosdem illos deos... auferebat,
id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 77; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 78; 2, 5, 20, § 51; id. Clu. 31, 86; id. Planc. 9, 22; id. Quint. 22, 71; id. Phil. 14, 8, 21; id. Leg. 2, 22, 57; Caes. B. C. 3, 17; Liv. 5, 3, 5; 6, 15, 11; 10, 9, 6.—Opposed to another time specified:(ζ).itaque tum eos exire jussit. Post autem e provincia litteras ad conlegium misit, se, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11:itaque ut tum carere rege, sic pulso Tarquinio nomen regis audire non poterat,
id. Rep. 2, 30, 53; id. Mil. 21, 55:sicut legatorum antea, ita tum novorum colonorum caede imbutis armis,
Liv. 4, 31, 7; 39, 22, 10; 9, 36, 1; 2, 52, 7; 4, 2, 10; 4, 57, 11;21, 17, 1: et tum sicca, prius celeberrima fontibus, Ide,
Ov. M. 2, 218; Verg. A. 11, 33; Nep. Arist. 2, 3; id. Ham. 11, 7.—In the historians in applying general statements or truths to the state of affairs spoken of: communi enim fit vitio naturae ut invisis atque incognitis rebus... vehementius exterreamur;(η).ut tum accidit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 4; 3, 68; id. B. G. 7, 3; 2, 6; id. B. C. 1, 80:foedera alia aliis legibus, ceterum eodem modo omnia fiunt. Tum ita factum accepimus,
Liv. 1, 24, 4; 1, 32, 14; 21, 31, 12.—Denoting coincidence or inner connection with an action before mentioned = a temporal clause (tum = cum hoc fieret), then, on that occasion:(θ).quis tum non ingemuit?
Cic. Vatin. 13, 31:ne tum quidem hominum venustatem et facetias perspicere potuisti? i. e. cum coronam auream imponebant,
id. Fl. 31, 76: apud imperitos tum illa dicta sunt;nunc agendum est subtilius,
id. Fin. 4, 27, 74:itaque tum Stajenus condemnatus est,
i. e. in that trial, id. Clu. 36, 101; id. Sen. 7, 22:M. Porcius Cato qui, asper ingenio, tum lenem mitemque senatorem egit,
Liv. 45, 25; Val. Max. 8, 3, 3:sed tum supplicia dis... decernuntur,
Tac. A. 3, 64; 3, 72:Graecia tum potuit Priamo quoque flenda videri,
Ov. M. 14, 474.—With the occasion referred to specified in the same clause: Manlius... ex petulanti scurra in discordiis civitatis ad eam columnam tum suffragiis populi pervenerat,
Cic. Clu. 13, 39:emisti tum in naufragio hujus urbis... tum, inquam, emisti ut, etc.,
id. Prov. Cons. 4, 7.—Repeated by anaphora: et Capitolinis injecit sedibus ignes. Tum statua Nattae, tum simulacra deorum, Romulusque et Remus cum altrice belua vi fulminis icti conciderunt, Cic. Div. 2, 20, 45;so repeated seven times,
id. Rep. 1, 40, 62.—Redundant, the time of the action being clear without it (esp. in Cic.):2.atque hoc tum judicio facto... tamen Avitus Oppianicum reum statim non facit,
Cic. Clu. 20, 56:itaque tum ille inopia et necessitate coactus ad Caepasios confugit,
id. ib. 20, 57; id. Brut. 23, 90; 39, 145; 43, 161; cf. id. Sull. 18, 51, where tum redundant occurs six times successively.—In oblique discourse, referring to the time of the speaker, = nunc in direct discourse:3.quando autem se, si tum non sint, pares hostibus fore?
if they were not now so, Liv. 3, 62, 1:(dixit Sempronius)... nec tum agrum plebi, sed sibi invidiam quaeri,
id. 4, 44, 9; 4, 57, 4:moenia eos tum transcendere non Italiae modo, sed etiam urbis Romanae,
id. 21, 35, 9; 5, 21, 7 (in this use nunc is also freq.).—Referring to indefinite time.(α).Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc., at such a season:(β).tum denique tauros in gregem redigo (after Lyra rises),
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 12; 1, 35 fin.; Col. 11, 2, 87.—With the force of an indefinite temporal clause, at such a time, in such circumstances, i. e. when such a thing happens as has happened:(γ).qui (porci) a partu decimo die habentur puri, ab eo appellantur sacres, quod tum ad sacrificium idonei habentur primum,
Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 16; 2, 7, 13:deinde cibum sequitur somnus... quia plurima tum se corpora conturbant (i. e. cum cibum ceperunt),
Lucr. 4, 957; 3, 599; 4, 892; 4, 919;4, 1030: quam regionem cum superavit animus... finem altius se efferendi facit. Tum enim sui similem et levitatem et calorem adeptus... nullam in partem movetur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 43; 1, 31, 75; 3, 23, 55; 4, 24, 54; Tac. Dial. 7.—With the force of a conditional clause, then, in this instance, if so: immo res omnis relictas habeo prae quod tu velis. Ph. Tum tu igitur, qua causa missus es ad portum, id expedi (i. e. si ita est), Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 39; id. Most. 5, 1, 55; id. As. 1, 1, 93; 2, 2, 64; 3, 3, 36; id. Aul. 3, 6, 31; id. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 2, 78: non potitus essem;4.fuisset tum illos mi aegre aliquot dies,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 7; id. Eun. 2, 2, 50; 5, 1, 23; id. Hec. 3, 5, 12:ego C. Caesaris laudibus desim, quas, etc.? Tum hercule me confitear non judicium aliquod habuisse,
Cic. Planc. 39, 93: scribant aliquid Isocrateo more...;tum illos existimabo non desperatione formidavisse genus hoc,
id. Or. 70, 235; id. Font. 21, 49 (17, 39); id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85; id. Fam. 9, 8, 2; Ov. H. 18 (19), 81: vellem tam ferax saeculum haberemus...;tum ego te primus hortarer, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 15, 8.—Referring to future time.(α).To a definite time before mentioned:(β).ut sit satius perdere Quam aut nunc manere tam diu, aut tum persequi,
i. e. after my future return, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 27:jam nunc mente prospicio quae tum studia hominum, qui concursus futuri sint,
Cic. Div. in Caecin. 13, 42; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37; 1, 10, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 17; id. Marcell. 9, 30:tum meae... Vocis accedet bona pars,
Hor. C. 4, 2, 45.—With the force of a conditional clause (cf. 3. b, supra), then, in this instance, if so: specta, tum scies. Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 100; cf.:B.quom videbis, tum scies,
id. ib. 1, 2, 37: tuom incendes genus;Tum igitur aquae erit tibi cupido, etc.,
id. Trin. 3, 2, 50; id. Curc. 2, 3, 17:confer sudantes, ructantes, refertos epulis... tum intelleges, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 100; id. Planc. 18, 45; id. Phil. 2, 45, 115:agedum, dictatorem creemus... Pulset tum mihi lictorem qui sciet, etc.,
Liv. 2, 29, 12; Cic. Phil. 10, 3, 6; id. Or. 23, 78; 71, 235; Liv. 4, 22, 11; 5, 16, 10; 9, 11, 4.—Referring to a time subsequent to a time mentioned, then, thereupon.1.Simple sequence in time.(α).Time proper (only of an immediate sequence;(β).otherwise deinde, postea, etc., are used): tum cum corde suo divum pater atque hominum rex Effatur, etc.,
Enn. Ann. 179:dico ei quo pactod eam viderim erilem nostram filiam sustollere. Extimuit tum illa,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 29; id. As. 4, 1, 58: tum ille egens forte adplicat Primum ad Chrysidis patrem se. Ter. And. 5, 4, 21; id. Eun. 3, 1, 17; Cato, R. R. 48 (49); 135 (136); so id. ib. 112 (113): equos quinto anno... amittere binos (dentes);tum renascentes eis sexto anno impleri,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 2 sq.: collo [p. 1909] cari jussit hominem in aureo lecto, abacosque complures ornavit... Tum ad mensam eximia forma pueros jussit consistere, eosque, etc., Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 61:dixerat hoc ille, cum puer nuntiavit venire ad eum Laelium... Tum Scipio e cubiculo est egressus, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18; id. Div. 2, 66, 135; id. Clu. 14, 40; id. Cat. 3, 5, 10; id. Ac. 2, 5, 13; id. Div. 1, 35, 77:hostes suos ab oppugnatione reduxerunt. Tum suo more conclamaverunt ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 26; cf. id. ib. 7, 64; 5, 43 fin.;5, 48: adsurgentem ibi regem cuspide ad terram adfixit. Tum spolia caputque abscisum spiculo gerens... hostes fudit,
Liv. 4, 19, 5; 5, 21, 1; 1, 26, 9; 1, 18, 10; 1, 20, 1; 1, 22, 6; 1, 28, 4; 1, 28, 9; 2, 24, 4;3, 8, 11, etc.: tum Caesar cum exercitu Thessaliam petit,
Vell. 2, 52, 1; Val. Max. 5, 1, 3; Curt. 4, 3, 7; Tac. A. 3, 28; 11, 35; id. H. 4, 84; Ov. M. 2, 122; 4, 80; 7, 121; 10, 481; 14, 386; Flor. 1, 13, 12; Gell. 1, 19, 5; 1, 23, 5.—In partic., foll. by an abl. absol.:(γ).tum, prope jam perculsis aliis tribunis, A. Verginius Caesoni capitis diem dicit,
Liv. 3, 11, 9; 8, 32, 1; 10, 29, 12:tum omni spe perdita, Meherdates dolo ejus vincitur, traditurque victori,
Tac. A. 12, 15; 12, 16:tum, ferro extracto, confestim exanimatus est,
Nep. Epam. 9, 4.—Implying a connection between two events, hence, under these circumstances, accordingly, thereupon:2.at pater omnipotens ira tum percitus acri... Phaethonta... Deturbavit in terram,
Lucr. 5, 399:madefactum iri Graeciam sanguine... tum neque te ipsum non esse commotum, Marcumque Varronem et M. Catonem... vehementer esse perterritos,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 34, 76; Caes. B. G. 4, 25; cf. id. ib. 5, 49; 5, 51;7, 59: quippe quibus nec domi spes prolis, nec cum finitimis conubia essent. Tum ex consilio patrum Romulus legatos circa vicinas gentes misit,
Liv. 1, 9, 2; 3, 26, 1; 3, 31, 7; 4, 45, 7.—Enumeration of a series of events; the co-ordinate clauses introduced by tum... tum, or primum (primo)... deinde... tum, etc.(α).Succession of time proper:(β).ducem Hannibali unum e concilio datum (a Jove), tum ei ducem illum praecepisse ne respiceret, illum autem respexisse, tum visam beluam vastam, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 24, 49; 1, 27, 57; 2, 28, 58 sq.:primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. Fin. 1, 16, 50; 5, 23, 65; id. Tusc. 5, 2, 5:primum... deinde... tum... postremo,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 3; 3, 3, 6: primum colonos inde Romanos expulit: inde in Latinam viam transgressus, etc., inde Lavinium recepit; tum deinceps Corbionem, Vitelliam;postremum, etc.,
Liv. 2, 39, 4:primi consules sub jugum missi, tum ut quisque gradu proximus erat, tum deinceps singulae legiones,
id. 9, 6, 1:primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. 21, 22, 8; id. praef. 9; 3, 28, 8: 5, 39, 7;23, 23, 6: deinde... deinde... Tum... post quas, etc.,
Curt. 3, 3, 24: primum... deinde... deinde... tum... postea, Masur. Gabin. ap. Gell. 5, 13, 5; Gai. Inst. 4, 60.—So in partic.: tum (also hic, et;(γ).not deinde or postea), to denote the succession of speakers in dialogue: immo duas dabo, inquit adulescens... Tum senex ille: Si vis, inquit, quattuor sane dato,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 1, 46 dub.:tum Piso... inquit, etc. Tum Quintus... inquit, etc. Hic ego... inquam, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Piso... inquit, etc. Et ille ridens... inquit, etc. Tum Piso exorsus est, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2 sqq.:tum Atticus... inquit, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Brutus, etc. Tum ille, etc. Tum Atticus, etc. Tum Pomponius... inquit, etc.,
id. Brut. 3, 11 sqq., and through the whole treatise; cf. id. Ac. 1, 2, 4; 1, 3, 9; 1, 4, 13; 1, 12, 43 and 44; 2, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 15 sqq.; id. Rep. 1, 13, 19 sqq.; Liv. 7, 10, 2 sqq.; 23, 12, 8; Tac. Dial. 3; 15; 25; 42; Gell. 3, 1, 11 sqq.; 18, 1, 9 sqq.; Ov. M. 14, 594.—Transf., of sequence or succession of thought, passing into mere co-ordination (v. C. 2. b, g), then... again... furthermore:C.qui mi in cursu obstiterit, faxo vitae is obstiterit suae. Prius edico ne quis, etc. Tum pistores scrofipasci qui, etc. Tum piscatores.... Tum lanii autem qui, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 28; 4, 2, 34; 4, 2, 39: (res familiaris) primum bene parta sit, tum quam plurimis se utilem praebeat, deinde augeatur ratione, diligentia, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92; id. Ac. 2, 47, 146; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 68 sq.; 5, 40, 117; id. Ac. 2, 10, 30; id. de Or. 1, 42, 190; id. Cat. 4, 3, 5; id. Agr. 1, 2, 5; id. Clu. 2, 6; Liv. 3, 26, 11.—Hence, as co-ordinating conjunction, introducing an additional assertion, or thought.1.Alone, = praeterea, and then, besides, also, moreover, on the other hand (freq. in ante-class. style and in Cic.;2.rare in Livy and post-Aug. prose): argenti aurique advexit multum, lanam purpuramque multam... tum Babylonica peristromata, etc.,
Plaut. Stich. 2, 3, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 10; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 71; 4, 8, 17; id. Ps. 3, 2, 78; id. Aul. 1, 2, 6; 1, 3, 16; id. Men. 5, 5, 41; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 1, 3, 15; 4, 2, 3; Ter. And. 1, 5, 27; 1, 2, 21; 2, 3, 7; id. Eun. prol. 4; 5, 6, 15; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 16; Lucr. 4, 680; cf. id. 1, 494; 4, 1152:magnum ingenium L. Luculli, magnumque optimarum artium studium, tum omnis ab eo percepta doctrina... caruit omnino rebus urbanis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 1; 2, 14, 43; id. Div. 1, 24, 50; 1, 42, 94; id. de Or. 1, 46, 201; id. Off. 1, 6, 19; id. Fin. 1, 6, 21; 2, 16, 53; id. Leg. 1, 5, 17; 1, 9, 26; id. Rab. Post. 14, 40; id. Phil. 13, 12, 26:altera ex parte Bellovaci instabant, alteram Camulogenus tenebat: tum legiones a praesidio interclusas maximum flumen distinebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 59; id. B. C. 3, 49: naves convenerunt duae Punicae quinqueremes;duae ab Heraclea triremes... tum quinque Rhodiae quadriremes,
Liv. 42, 56, 6; 1, 40, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 4; Just. 5, 10, 3.—Sometimes connecting two terms of the same clause, with the force of cum... tum (v. infra, 3. d.):quot me censes homines jam deverberasse, hospites tum civis?
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 14:faciendum est igitur nobis ut... veteranorum, tum legionis Martiae quartaeque consensus... confirmetur,
Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 7; Liv. 28, 43, 1 (in co-ordination often with etiam, autem, and sometimes with praeterea and porro; v. III. infra).—Tum as correlative of a preceding tum.(α).With an added assertion or thought: ita est haec hominum natio: voluptarii atque potatores, Tum sycophantae... plurimi In urbe habitant;(β).tum meretrices mulieres Nusquam perhibentur blandiores gentium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 28; id. Mil. 3, 1, 100; 3, 1, 102.—Tum... tum = nunc... nunc (modo... modo), sometimes... sometimes, now... now, at one time... at another (freq. in Cic., not in Caes., rare in Liv., and very rare in postAug. writers):(γ).tum huc, tum illuc inretitos impedit piscis,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 17:tum hoc mihi probabilius, tum illud videtur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 134:mihi... tum hoc tum illud probabilius videtur,
id. Off. 3, 7, 33; so id. Am. 4, 13; id. Sen. 13, 45; id. Top. 7, 31; id. N. D. 2, 19, 49:(alvus) tum restringitur, tum relaxatur,
id. ib. 2, 54, 136; id. Rep. 3, 13 (14), 23; id. Leg. 2, 7, 16; id. Or. 63, 212; id. Sen. 3, 7; id. Inv. 1, 37, 66:dictator tum appellare tum adhortari milites,
Liv. 8, 39, 4; Suet. Ner. 1; Gell. 1, 11, 15.—Tum may be repeated several times:plerique propter voluptatem tum in morbos graves, tum in damna, tum in dedecora incurrunt,
Cic. Fin. 1, 14, 47; 3, 7, 26;so three times,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 29; 1, 14, 37; 1, 15, 39; id. Inv. 1, 52, 98; id. Or. 3, 45, 177; id. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 2, 17, 43; id. Top. 25, 96;four times,
id. N. D. 1, 43, 120; 2, 20, 52; 2, 39, 101; id. Verr. 2, 4, 34, § 75;five times,
id. N. D. 2, 5, 14; id. Inv. 1, 13, 17; 1, 41, 76; id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 94;six times,
id. ib. 1, 53, 120;seven times,
Quint. 9, 4, 133;nine times,
Cic. N. D. 2, 50, 51.—And in chronological order (to be distinguished from the instances B. 2. a and g):Atheniensium (rem publicam constituerunt) tum Theseus, tum Draco, tum Solo, tum Clisthenes, tum multi alii,
at different times, successively, Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 2.—Preceded or followed by other co-ordinate words (alias, modo, aliquando, aut... aut, nunc... nunc):(δ).ex quo intellegitur qualis ille sit quem tum moderatum, alias modestum, tum temperantem, alias constantem continentemque dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 36:tum... tum... aliquando,
id. Div. 2, 2, 6:tum... tum... aut... aut,
id. Or. 61, 204:modo... tum autem,
id. N. D. 2, 40, 142:nunc... nunc... tum... tum,
Flor. 1, 17, 5.—Tum... tum = et... et, both... and, not only... but also, partly... partly, without regard to time, the second term being frequently strengthened by etiam (mostly post-Aug.):3.Milo Compsam oppugnans, ictusque lapide tum Clodio, tum patriae, quam armis petebat, poenas dedit,
Vell. 2, 68, 3:Muciam et Fulviam, tum a patre, tum a viro utramque inclitam,
Val. Max. 9, 1, 8:Caesar Pompejo tum proprias, tum etiam filiae lacrimas reddidit,
id. 5, 1, 10; Quint. 7, 3, 18; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 28; id. Clem. 1, 19, 2; Front. Aquaed. 1; Tac. A. 12, 33; Suet. Tit. 3; Nep. praef. 8;and with etiam,
Val. Max. 2, 2, 8; 5, 9, 1; 7, 6 prooem.; Nep. Them. 2, 3.—As correlative with a preceding cum, introducing particular after a universal or a stronger or more important assertion after a weaker or less important.a.Connecting complete sentences with different predicates, cum... tum = as... so, while... (tum being not translated; ante-class. cum always with indic.; class. with subj. or indic.):b.quom antehac te amavi, et mihi amicam esse crevi... tum id mihi hodie aperuisti,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 2; id. Truc. 4, 1, 6:quom id mihi placebat, tum uno ore omnes omnia Bona dicere,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:quae cum res tota ficta sit pueriliter, tum ne efficit quidem quod vult,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 19; id. Tusc. 5, 39, 13; id. Fam. 13, 16, 1; and so with subj., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Off. 3, 2, 5; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Brut. 39, 145; 11, 250:cum omnium rerum simulatio est vitiosa, tum amicitiae repugnat maxime,
id. Lael. 25, 91; id. Div. 2, 27, 58; and so with indic., id. Planc. 33, 80; id. Tull. 4, 8; id. Div. in Caecil. 20, 65; id. Sest. 1, 2; id. Fam. 16, 4, 4:haec cum merito ejus fieri intellegebat, tum magni interesse arbitrabatur, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 4; 3, 16; id. B. C. 1, 58; Liv. 3, 34, 1; 4, 53, 4.—Clauses with the same predicate, which is placed after the first clause (always with indic.):c.nam mihi, cum multa eximie divineque videntur Athenae tuae peperisse, tum nihil melius illis mysteriis quibus, etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 36; id. Tusc. 4, 18, 42; id. Phil. 2, 5, 12; Liv. 4, 46, 10; 6, 38, 10.—Clauses with a common predicate placed before both co-ordinate terms, cum... tum = not only, but also; as... so especially:d.visa est Arcesilae cum vera sententia, tum honesta et digna sapiente,
Cic. Ac. 2, 24, 77; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; 2, 35, 119; 3, 1, 3:movit patres conscriptos cum causa tum auctor,
Liv. 9, 10, 1; 4, 57, 2; Suet. Ner. 46 init. —With a common predicate after both co-ordinate terms:e.quom virum tum uxorem, di vos perdant,
Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 103:luxuria cum omni aetati turpis tum senectuti foedissima est,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 123; id. Clu. 59, 161; id. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 86; id. N. D. 1, 21, 57; id. Deiot. 9, 26; id. Clu. 16, 46:concitatos animos flecti quam frangi putabat cum tutius tum facilius esse,
Liv. 2, 23, 15; 6, 9, 8; 1, 57, 1; 10, 26, 13; Tac. Dial. 5.—With tum several times repeated:quem pater moriens cum tutoribus et propinquis, tum legibus, tum aequitati magistratuum, tum judiciis vestris commendatum putavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 151; cf. esp. id. Planc. 40, 95. —Tum, in this construction, is freq. strengthened,(α).By vero:(β).cum haec sunt videnda, tum vero illud est hominis magni, etc.,
in particular, Cic. Clu. 58, 159; id. Mur. 27, 55; id. Phil. 3, 5, 12; 7, 3, 9; cf. id. Or. 1, 23, 106; 3, 16, 60; Liv. 34, 39, 9; Quint. 12, 1, 25.—By maxime, above all, most of all, especially, chiefly:(γ).cum omnibus in rebus temeritas in adsentando turpis est, tum in eo loco maxime in quo ju dicandum est quantum, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 4, 7; id. Tusc. 4, 1, 1; 5, 12, 36; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 69:cum infamia atque indignitas rei impediebat, tum maxime quod, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 7, 56; Sall. J. 43, 5; Liv. 1, 8, 2; Suet. Claud. 30; Quint. 6, 1, 29.—By praecipue, especially, chiefly, above all:(δ).cum omnium sociorum provinciarumque rationem diligenter habere debetis, tum praecipue Siciliae,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 2; id. Fam. 13, 11, 3:fortuna quae plurimum potest cum in reliquis rebus, tum praecipue in bello,
Caes. B. C. 3, 68; Liv. 22, 43, 11; 1, 40, 3; Quint. 1, 1, 29; 1, 10, 13; 5, 10, 106; Plin. Ep. 4, 3, 2.—By inprimis, chiefly, principally:(ε).cum multa non probo, tum illud inprimis quod, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 18; id. Fam. 12, 22, 3.—By cumprimis, chiefly, principally: quapropter bene cum superis de rebus habenda Nobis est ratio... tum cumprimis Unde anima atque animi constet [p. 1910] natura videndum, Lucr. 1, 131.—(ζ).By certe, especially, at least, assuredly:(η).at cum de plurimis eadem dicit, tum certe de maximis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 5, 13; id. Fam. 7, 4; cf. Quint. 2, 1, 10.—By nimirum, assuredly, undoubtedly:(θ).cum plurimas... commoditates amicitia contineat, tum illa nimirum praestat omnibus quod, etc.,
Cic. Am. 7, 23. —By etiam, besides, as well:(ι).cum omnes omnibus ex terris homines improbos audacesque collegerat, tum etiam multos fortes viros et bonos... tenebat,
Cic. Cael. 6, 14; id. Ac. 2, 10, 31; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2:quos tu cum memoriter, tum etiam erga nos amice et benevole collegisti,
id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. Verr. 2, 3, 23, § 56:cum sua virtute, tum etiam alienis vitiis,
id. Leg. 23, 67; id. Fin. 2, 12, 38; id. N. D. 2, 37, 95; id. de Or. 3, 60, 225; Liv. 1, 21, 2; 7, 23, 6; 7, 32, 10; Val. Max. 7, 2, 3; 3, 2, 10; 9, 6, 3; Quint. 9, 1, 20; 9, 4, 143.—By quoque, also, besides, as well:(κ).cum potestas major, tum vir quoque potestati par hostes trans Anienem submovere,
Liv. 4, 17, 11; 1, 22, 2; cf. Quint. 12, 10, 72.—By et, also, besides, too:(λ).cujus mortem cum luctus civitatis, tum et dictaturae undecim insignem fecere,
Just. 19, 1, 7.—By praeterea, moreover, besides:II.dicimus C. Verrem cum multa libidinose fecerit, tum praeterea quadringentiens sestertium ex Sicilia abstulisse,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56.Tum as correlative of dependent clauses (freq. in ante - class. writings and Cic., rare in post-Aug. writings).A. 1.Referring to definite past time.a.Tum as antecedent of cum:b.jam tum cum primum jussit me ad se arcessier, Roget quis, Quid tibi cum illa?
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 4; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21:qui (Hercules) tum dolore frangebatur cum immortalitatem ipsa morte quaerebat,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 8, 20:bene apud majores nostros senatus tum cum florebat imperium decrevit ut, etc.,
id. Div. 1, 41, 91; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114; id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 2, 66, § 160; id. Clu. 33, 89; id. Verr. 1, 2, 5; id. Brut. 2, 7; 23, 89; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Agr. 2, 24, 64; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; 3, 4, 11:tum mittendos legatos fuisse cum Perseus Graecas urbes obsideret,
Liv. 45, 3, 7:tum cum Vipereos sparsi... dentes,
Ov. M. 4, 572; id. H. 3, 23; Val. Max. 6, 1, 12.—After pluperf.:nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant scimus Romae solutione impedita fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19; Val. Max. 3, 6, 1; 2, 8, 15 fin. —Tum inserted in the temporal clause:cum Davo egomet vidi jurgantem ancillam... quom ibi me adesse neuter tum praesenserat,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 20.—Tum, introducing the apodosis of the temporal clause (generally not transl. in Engl.).(α).Of coincident events, cum... tum = while: quom genui tum morituros scivi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58, 132 (Trag. Rel. v. 361 Vahl.); Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 18:(β).cum minime videbamur, tum maxime philosophabamur,
Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 6; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Cael. 26, 63; id. Phil. 3, 5, 13:cum pavida mulier nullam opem videret, tum Tarquinius fateri amorem, orare, etc.,
Liv. 1, 58, 3; 5, 11, 4. —Tum = deinde, usu. after a pluperf.:2.id cum Sulla fecisset, tum ante oppidum Nolam Samnitium castra cepit,
Cic. Div. 1, 33, 72; id. Brut. 92, 319; id. Ac. 2, 3, 9; 2, 3, 15; id. Fin. 1, 8, 26; id. Tusc. 4, 20, 45; id. Div. 1, 25, 53; 2, 2, 7; id. Rep. 2, 25, 47; Liv. 21, 11, 8; cf. id. 1, 26, 7; 23, 22, 4.—Inserted in the apodosis:cum jam humanae opes egestae a Veis essent, amoliri tum deum dona,
Liv. 5, 22, 3.—Referring to definite present time:3.quem esse negas, eundem esse dicis. Cum enim miserum esse dicis, tum eum qui non sit, dicis esse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12.—Referring to indefinite time.a.As antecedent of the clause, = at the time when, at a time when, whenever: hominum inmortalis est infamia;b.etiam tum vivit quom esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28; id. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7; Cato, R. R. 31:nec sibi enim quisquam tum se vitamque requirit Cum pariter mens et corpus sopita quiescunt,
Lucr. 3, 919; 4, 444; 4, 455;4, 1166: omnis praedictio mali tum probatur cum ad praedictionem cautio adjungitur,
Cic. Div. 2, 25, 54; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. N. D. 2, 3, 9: tum cum sine pondere suci Mobilibus ventis arida facta volant, Ov. H. 5, 109; Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44; 2, 27, 88; id. Fin. 4, 8, 20; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 20; 5, 26, 73; id. N. D. 1, 4, 9; id. Off. 1, 27, 93.—Tum maxime... cum plurimum = eo magis quo magis:eam (partem animi) tum maxime vigere cum plurimum absit a corpore,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 70; so, cum maxime... tum maxime; v. b. a foll.—Tum introducing the apodosis.(α).As coincident:(β).quom amamus, tum perimus,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 94:ulmus, cum folia cadunt, tum iterum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; so id. ib. 155 (156):cum ea quae quasi involuta fuerunt, aperti sunt, tum inventa dicuntur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 26; id. Fin. 5, 10, 29; 1, 17, 57; id. N. D. 2, 52, 129; 1, 19, 49; id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 15.—Cum maxime... tum maxime = quo magis eo magis:nam quom pugnabant maxume, ego tum fugiebam maxume,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 45:quamobrem omnes, cum secundae res sunt maxume, tum maxume Meditari secum oportet, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 14, 30 poet. —As subsequent:4.ad legionem quom itum, adminiculum eis danunt tum jam aliquem cognatum suum,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 47:eo cum accessit ratio argumentique conclusio... tum et perceptio eorum omnium apparet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 30; 2, 41, 128; id. Fin. 5, 9, 24; 1, 20, 69; 5, 15, 41; id. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 1, 24, 58; 3, 2, 3; id. N. D. 2, 48, 123; id. Div. 2, 19, 44.—Referring to future time.(α).Tum as antecedent of cum:(β).quom mi haec dicentur dicta, tum tu, furcifer, quasi mus in medio pariete vorsabere,
Plaut. Cas. 1, 51; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 20:non committam ut tum haec res judicetur cum haec frequentia Roma discesserit,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54; id. Agr. 2, 17, 44; 2, 25, 67; id. Fin. 4, 22, 62; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Liv. 23, 13, 4; 41, 10, 7; Ov. M. 2, 651; id. H. 15, 293; Nep. Them. 6, 5.—Tum introducing the apodosis:B.quom videbis, tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; 4, 6, 30:de quo cum perpauca dixero, tum ad jus civile veniam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 12, 34; id. Clu. 2, 6; 4, 9; Liv. 3, 56, 10.—With temporal clause, introduced by ubi.1.Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):2.vitem novellam resecare tum erit tempus ubi valebit,
Cato, R. R. 33:tum tu igitur demum id adulescenti aurum dabis, ubi erit locata virgo in matrimonium?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 52.—Tum introducing the apodosis.(α).Referring to definite past time (tum always = deinde):(β).ubi eorum dolorem majorem quam ceterorum cognovi, tum meum animum in illos, tum mei consilii causam proposui, tum eos hortatus sum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140; Sall. J. 94, 3:ubi illuxit, et Romanis Punica et Gallica arma cognita, tum dubitationem exemere,
Liv. 25, 10, 5; 1, 9, 10; 4, 57, 3; 9, 43, 16; 21, 25, 12; 23, 11, 4.—Referring to indefinite time:(γ).post ubi tempust promissa jam perfici, Tum coacti necessario se aperiunt,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 8: Cato, R. R. 3 init.; 17:ubi jam morbi se flexit causa... Tum quasi vaccillans primum consurgit,
Lucr. 3, 503; 6, 129; 6, 526.—Referring to future time:C.otium ubi erit, tum tibi operam ludo et deliciae dabo,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 13; id. Stich. 4, 2, 14:ubi tu voles, Ubi tempus erit, sat habet si tum recipitur,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 32; Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 72; id. Pers. 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 3, 2, 27:ut ubi id interrogando argumentis firmavero, tum testes ad crimen accommodem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 55:ubi haerere jam aciem videris, tum terrorem equestrem infer,
Liv. 6, 12, 10; 22, 55, 8.—With a temporal clause introduced by postquam.1.Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):2.Flaminius qui ne quieto quidem hoste ipse quieturus erat, tum vero postquam res sociorum ante oculos prope suos ferri vidit, suum id dedecus ratus, etc.,
Liv. 22, 3, 7; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 (v. infra, III. A. 2. a. b).—Tum introducing the apodosis (always = deinde).(α).Referring to definite past time:(β).posteaquam e portu piratae exierunt, tum coeperunt quaerere homines, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 100; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40 (al. tunc):postquam satis virium collectum videbat, tum ex suis unum sciscitatum Romam ad patrem misit,
Liv. 1, 54, 5; 3, 66, 5; 6, 13, 4; 22, 48, 4; 25, 10, 6; Gell. 5, 3, 6.—Referring to indefinite time: postquam vero commoditas quaedam... dicendi copiam consecuta est, tum ingenio freta malitia pervertere urbes adsuevit, Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 3.—D.With a temporal clause introduced by ut.1.Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):2.tum vero ingentem gemitum dat Ut spolia, ut currus, utque ipsum corpus amici... conspexit,
Verg. A. 1, 485; cf. id. ib. 12, 218.—Tum introducing the apodosis.(α).Of definite past time:(β).nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi, puto, prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46:sed ut intellectum est quantam vim haberet accurata... oratio, tum etiam magistri dicendi multi subito exstiterunt,
Cic. Brut. 8, 30; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; Liv. 24, 44, 10; id. 21, 54, 9; 23, 34, 6.—Referring to future time:E.neque ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. de Or. 2, 34, 146:traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum, si eam Romanus rite emisisset, victoriam de Vejentibus dari (= si quando),
Liv. 5, 15, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.—With a temporal clause introduced by quando.1.Tum as antecedent of the clause.(α).Of definite past time:(β).auctoritatem senatus exstare sentio, tum, quando Alexandro mortuo, legatos Tyrum misimus,
Cic. Agr. 2, 16, 41.—Of future time:2.at scire tum memento quando id quod voles habebis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 41; id. Mil. 3, 1, 213; id. Most. 3, 1, 136; id. Men. 5, 7, 57:utinam tum essem natus quando Romani dona accipere coepissent,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75.—Tum introducing the apodosis.(α).Of indefinite time (quando = whenever):(β).quando esurio tum crepant (intestina),
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 27; id. Truc. 1, 1, 15; id. Ps. 4, 7, 85:quando mulier dotem marito dabat, tum quae ex suis bonis retinebat reciperare dicebatur,
Gell. 17, 6, 6; 7 (6), 14, 4.—Of future time:F.at tu, quando habebis, tum dato,
Plaut. Men. 3, 3, 23:quando ab eadem parte sol eodemque tempore iterum defecerit, tum signis omnibus ad principium revocatis, expletum annum habeto,
Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:quando mihi usus venerit, tum quaeram ex te atque discam,
Gell. 6 (7), 17, 4.—In the apodosis after simul ac:G.an simul ac nubes successere, ipse in eas tum Descendit (Juppiter), prope ut hinc teli determinet ictus?
Lucr. 6, 402.—With a temporal clause introduced by dum.1.Tum as antecedent:2.sanctius visum est nomen Augusti, ut scilicet jam tum dum colit terras, ipso numine ac titulo consecretur,
Flor. 2, 33, 66 (4, 12, 66).—Tum introducing the apodosis:H.dum habeat, tum amet,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 23:dum se glomerant... tum pondere turris Procubuit,
Verg. A. 9, 540.—As antecedent of quamdiu:K.qui cum tibi amicus non modo tum fuerit quamdiu tecum in provincia fuerit, verum etiam nunc sit cum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 24, § 58.—Denoting a logical consequence after quando and cum:L.quando ergo erga te benignus fui... tum te mihi benigne itidem addecet... referre gratiam,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 35:cum magnus numerus deesset, tum iste homo nefarius in eorum locum... substituere coepit cives Romanos,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72.—After relative clauses denoting time: qua tempestate Paris Helenam innuptis junxit nuptiis, Ego tum gravida expletis jam fere ad pariendum mensibus, Poet. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 58, 219 (Trag. Rel. p. 246 Rib.).—M.With conditional clauses.1. (α).Tum as antecedent of clause:(β).tum pol ego interii, homo si ille abiit,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 6; id. Men. 2, 2, 71; Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 40:si tenuis causa est, tum etiam argumentandi tenue filum,
Cic. Or. 36, 124; id. Rep. 1, 40, 62; 2, 9, 15; id. Fin. 1, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 13; id. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:tum vero ego nequiquam Capitolium servaverim si civem in servitutem duci videam,
Liv. 6, 14, 4; 3, 9, 11; 6, 14, 4; 7, 34, 14; Cato ap. Plin. 29, 1, 7, § 14; Gell. 2, 12, 1 sq.; 4, 13, 1; 14, 2, 21.—Tum introducing the apodosis:2.si triduum hoc hic erimus, tum arbores in te cadent,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 30; id. Rud. 5, 2, 59; 3, 4, 49; id. As. 1, 3, 89; id. Rud. 1, 3, 13; id. Ps. 4, 1, 1; 4, 1, 48 (39); Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 64; 3, 1, 17; id. Phorm. 1, 3, 19; Cato, R. R. 26; cf. id. ib. 27:quod si, ut spero, cepero, tum vero litteras publice mittam,
Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 3; id. Div. 1, 44, 100; cf. id. Ac. 2, 10, 32; id. Fin. 2, 4, 79; id. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Rep. 1, 43, 66: id. [p. 1911] Rosc. Am. 49, 142:si dimicandum erit, tum tu in novissimos te recipito,
Liv. 7, 40, 13; 8, 10, 12; Hor. S. 1, 2, 97; Ov. M. 7, 32.—Esp., denoting the consequences of perjury in ancient formulas of oaths: si ego injuste illos homines dedier mihi exposco, tum patriae compotem me numquam siris esse,
Liv. 1, 32, 7; 1, 24, 8; 22, 53, 11; hence, quid si falles? Me. Tum Mercurius Sosiae iratus siet, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 239; 3, 2, 52; id. Aul. 4, 10, 50; cf. also Liv. 3, 64, 10.—With a condition contrary to fact.(α).Tum, antecedent of clause:(β).tum esset ostentum, si anguem vectis circumplicavisset,
Cic. Div. 2, 28, 62; id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:tum id audirem si tibi soli viveres,
id. Marcell. 8, 25; id. Fin. 4, 13, 33; id. Div. 2, 35, 73.—Tum introducing the apodosis:N.si quidem me amaret, tum istuc prodesset,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 56:quodsi omnia nobis quae ad victum pertinent. suppeditarentur, tum optimo quisque ingenio, totum se in cognitione et scientia collocaret,
Cic. Off. 1, 44, 158. —After an abl. absol.1. (α).Referring to definite past time:(β).ut morte ejus nuntiata tum denique bellum confectum arbitraretur,
Cic. Mur. 16, 34:sed confecto proelio tum vero cerneres quanta vis animi fuisset in exercitu Catilinae,
Sall. C. 61, 1:ita rebus divinis peractis tum de bello deque republica dictator rettulit,
Liv. 22, 11, 1; 2, 29, 1; 2, 29, 3; 3, 56, 1; 5, 50, 8; Plin. 11, 20, 22, § 68.—Referring to indefinite time:(γ).hisce omnibus rebus consideratis, tum denique id quod primum est dicendum, postremum soleo cogitare, quo utar exordio,
Cic. Or. 2, 77, 315.—Referring to future time (the abl. absol. = a fut. perf.):2.ita prope XL. diebus interpositis tum denique se responsuros esse arbitrantur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 31; 1, 18, 54; id. Fin. 4, 13, 32; id. Scaur. Fragm. 10, 22.—With pres. participles (post-class.):III.tacentibus cunctis, tum ipse (dixit), etc.,
Just. 12, 15, 6.Particular connections.A.With other particles of time.1.Jam tum, already at that time, i. e. earlier than might be anticipated:2.jam tum erat suspitio Dolo malo haec fieri,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8; cf. id. ib. 4, 4, 58; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 34:quippe etenim jam tum divom mortalia saecla Egregias animo facies vigilante videbant,
Lucr. 5, 1169; 5, 1037:ut mihi jam tum divinasse ille (Romulus) videatur hanc urbem sedem aliquando summo esse imperio praebituram,
Cic. Rep. 2, 5, 10; 2, 7, 12; id. Div. 2, 57, 118; id. Tusc. 4, 2, 4:jam tum in Palatio monte Lupercal hoc fuisse ludicrum ferunt,
Liv. 1, 5, 1; 1, 7, 16; 1, 41, 7; 10, 21, 14;24, 49, 1: ut jam tum qualis futurus esset ostenderet,
Suet. Dom. 1; Curt. 4, 6, 29.—Tum demum and tum denique, then only, then at length, then at last, not till then, i. e. later than might be expected, implying delayed action.a.Tum demum.(α).In gen.:(β).adversisque in rebus noscere qui sit. Nam verae voces tum demum pectore ab imo Eiciuntur,
Lucr. 3, 58:tum demum Liscus, oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat proponit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 5, 33; Sall. J. 46, 1:nec ante in campum degressi sunt quam, etc. Tum demum castra Etruscorum pro moenibus Fidenarum posita,
Liv. 4, 17, 12; 45, 12, 6; 2, 20, 11; 5, 39, 2; 23, 19, 15 et saep.; Val. Max. 1, 6, 10; 1, 7, 4; Curt. 3, 12, 12; Tac. A. 3, 18; 3, 47.—In partic., referring to clauses introduced by cum, ubi, si, or abl. absol. (v. II. A. B. L. M.), denoting absolute restriction to the terms of the clause:(γ).imo etiam ubi expolivero, magis hoc tum demum dices,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 60:tum demum mihi procax Academia videbitur si aut consenserint omnes, aut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 1, 6, 13:cum is Casilini eo die mansurum dixisset, tum demum cognitus est error,
Liv. 22, 13, 8; Vell. 2, 115, 4; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 fin.; 7, 2, 4; Curt. 3, 11, 6; Plin. Ep. 8, 20, 7.—Sometimes = nunc demum (anteclass.): victus es, Chaline. St. Tum nos demum vivere. Olympio. Gaudeo, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 65.—b.Tum denique.(α).In gen.:(β).tum denique tauros in gregem redigo,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5:injecta glaeba tumulus is (locus) ubi humatus est vocatur, ac tum denique multa religiosa jura complectitur,
Cic. Leg. 2, 22, 57; id. Fin. 3, 22, 76; id. Tusc. 3, 26, 61: nequiquam temptati ut tum denique desisterent impediendo bello, Liv. 4, 55, 5; Ov. M. 4, 519; 7, 857; 10, 664.—Referring to clauses with cum, etc. (v. II. A. B. L. M.):3.tum denique homines nostra intellegimus bona quom quae in potestate habuimus ea amisimus,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 33:quo cum venerimus, tum denique vivemus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75; 3, 31, 75; id. Leg. 2, 4, 10; id. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,tum denique si,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 10, § 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 1:indicandum primum fuisse, dein petendum praesidium, postremo ni impetraretur, tum denique querendum,
Liv. 23, 43, 2; Cato ap. Plin. 17, 18, 29, § 126 (for tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9, v. II. D. 2. a).—Tum primum (rarely primo), then for the first time:4. a.tum genus humanum primum mollescere coepit,
Lucr. 5, 1014:ludorum gratia quos tum primum anniversarios in circo facere constituisset,
Cic. Rep. 2, 7, 12; id. Sen. 21, 78; Caes. B. G. 7, 11:ponte sublicio tum primum in Tiberi facto,
Liv. 1, 33, 6; 2, 41, 3; 39, 22, 2; 2, 20, 6; 39, 49, 4; Vell. 2, 37, 5; Tac. A. 2, 27; id. H. 4, 57; Curt. 3, 12, 26. —Deinde tum (very rare):b.primum ea quae sumus acturi cogitare debemus, deinde tum dicere ac facere,
Varr. L. L. 6, 6, 62.—Tum deinde.(α).= tum demum or tum denique, then at length, not till then, then only:(β).nonne optime patronus occurrat prius conviciis luxuriae, etc., tum deinde narret de bonis Pallae? etc.,
Quint. 4, 2, 27; 12, 10, 11:emam, aedificabo, credam, exigam, honores geram: tum deinde lassam senectutem in otium referam,
Sen. Ep. 101, 4; Plin. 16, 44, 95, § 251.—So corresp. with cum:quas cum solus pertulisset, tum deinde comitia collegae subrogando habuit,
Liv. 2, 8, 3 (Weissenb. demum, by conj.); Col. R. R. 1, 6, 13. —= an emphatic deinde: nam praetermisit quod in prima parte sumere debuit;c.tum deinde eodem ipso quod omiserat quasi proposito ad confirmandum aliud utitur,
Gell. 2, 8, 3; 13, 24 (23), 1; Just. 2, 1, 19.—With hic:d.hic tum repente Pacilius quidam accedit, ait, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 94:hic ego tum ad respondendum surrexi,
id. Clu. 18, 51; 27, 73:hic tum injectus est hominibus scrupulus,
id. ib. 28, 76; id. Sest. 11, 25.—Tum postea:5.tum postea complorantibus nostris, dies quidem tandem inluxit,
Gell. 19, 1, 3; so id. 14, 3, 10 (for quid tum postea, v. D. 1.).—With interim:B.unum, alterum, tertium annum Sassia quiescebat... Tum interim, Q. Hortensio, Q. Metello coss.... despondet ei filiam suam,
Cic. Clu. 64, 179.—With particles of emphasis.1.Tum vero (sometimes tum enimvero or enimvero tum), then indeed, at that crisis, then if not before, etc., or merely = emphatic then, denoting either coincidence or sequence of action.(α).In gen.:(β).discedit a Melino Cluentia. Tum vero illa egregia mater palam exsultare... coepit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 14; 22, 61; id. Agr. 1, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 41, § 107:semper equidem magno cum metu incipio dicere... tum vero ita sum perturbatus ut, etc.,
id. Clu. 18, 51:tum vero dubitandum non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8; 5, 37; id. B. C. 1, 82; 2, 42:Aruns Tarquinius et Tullia minor... junguntur nuptiis. Tum vero in dies infestior Tulli senectus... coepit esse,
Liv. 1, 47, 1; 2, 22, 6; 4, 49, 13; 10, 19, 12; 21, 45, 9; 21, 58, 5; Ov. M. 2, 227; 7, 685; Curt. 4, 13, 1; 3, 11, 5; Tac. Agr. 37.—And in enumerations:deinde... post autem... tum vero ipsam veterem Karthaginem vendunt,
Cic. Agr. 1, 2, 5.—As correlative of temporal or conditional clauses, and after abl. absol.:2.quod ubi Romam est nuntiatum, senatui metum injecit ne tum vero sustineri nec in urbe seditio, nec in castris posset,
Liv. 5, 7, 4; Sall. J. 94, 3:tum vero... si,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 63; Liv. 6, 14, 4 (v. II. M. 1. a, b).—With cum, Liv. 32, 12, 1:quae postquam frustra temptata rogumque parari... vidit, Tum vero gemitus... Edidit,
Ov. M. 2, 621; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40; v. C. 1. b. (so, tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; v. II. D. 2. and M. 1.).—Tum quidem, at that time, thereupon, then at least (usu. opposed to a later time): dixit sibi in somnis visum esse, etc. Et tum quidem incolumis exercitum liberavit; post triennium autem devovit se, etc., Cic. Div. 1, 24, 51; so,3.actum quidem,
id. Fl. 25, 59; id. Lael. 11, 39:et tum quidem ab Dio Perseus in interiora regni recepit se... post dies paucos, etc.,
Liv. 42, 39, 1; 1, 57, 10; 3, 2, 10;7, 17, 3.—Often in resuming the narrative after a digression: ac tum quidem regem... filium appellat,
Curt. 4, 7, 25.—Merely emphatic:Duillio Cornelioque coss. etiam mari congredi ausus est. Tum quidem ipsa velocitas classis comparatae victoriae auspicium fuit,
Flor. 1, 18 (2, 2), 7; so id. 1, 22 (2, 6), 20; 1, 40 (3, 5), 12.—With cum, Tac. Dial. 11.—Ne tum quidem, not even then:4.num quis horum miser hodie? Ne tum quidem, post spiritum extremum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 37, 89; id. Div. 1, 26, 55; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, § 98:ubi ne tum quidem eos prodire intellexit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 50; 7, 53; Tac. H. 5, 21; Curt. 3, 2, 18.—With cum:ille vere ne tum quidem miser cum ab Oroete in crucem actus est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 30, 92; so id. Tusc. 5, 20, 57; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; Liv. praef. 12; 39, 39, 11.—Tum maxime (sometimes tum cummaxime).(α).Especially at that time, chiefly then: illi sumposia, nos convivia quod tum maxime simul vivitur, Cic. Fam. 9, 24, 35; id. Leg. 2, 11, 26.—With cum:(β).quae quidem vis tum maxime cognita est cum... M. Cato, legem suadens, in Galbam multa dixit,
Cic. Brut. 23, 89; id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Par. 4, 1, 29.—Just then, just at that moment (not ante-Aug.):(γ).regi, tum maxime captivos ex Illyrico vendenti,
Liv. 43, 20, 3; 1, 10, 1:per totam aciem vulgatum est, castra amissa esse, et tum cummaxime ardere,
id. 40, 32, 1; so,tum cummaxime,
id. 43, 7, 8:corpus enim suum a caupone trucidatum tum maxime plaustro ad portam ferri,
Val. Max. 1, 7, ext. 10; 2, 10, 2; 3, 2, 2 fin.; Curt. 3, 4, 14; 6, 6, 10; Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154; Quint. 2, 15, 30; 2, 61, 31; Suet. Caes. 65; id. Calig. 53.—So with cum:et quod tum maxime Abydum oppugnaret cum rex ab Attalo et Rhodiis ultro se bello lacessitum diceret,
Liv. 31, 18, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 15, 2.—Strengthening the co-ordinate tum after cum, so especially; v. I. C. 3. e. b (for cum maxime... tum maxime and tum maxime... cum plurimum, v. II. A. 3. a. b.).—5.Tum potissimum = tum maxime, just then (rare):6.C. Caesar... tum potissimum acie commissa impeditos religione hostes vicit,
Front. Strat. 2, 1, 16.—Etiam tum.(α).Even then:(β).etiam tum vivit cum esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28:totum se Servilio etiam tum tradidit,
even then, at so late a time, Cic. Sest. 62, 130:etiam tum cum verisimile erit,
id. Rosc. Am. 20, 57.— So with cum, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 59, § 154; id. Dom. 13, 23; id. Sest. 38, 81.—Still, as yet (also as one word; cf. etiamtum, and v. the foll. additional passages), Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 19, § 41; id. Fin. 3, 14, 48; id. Rep. 2, 12, 24; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; id. Brut. 20, 80; id. Off. 2, 14, 47; Caes. B. C. 3, 93; Liv. 5, 40, 10; Val. Max. 9, 6, 3; Tac. A. 3, 72; Suet. Claud. 27 fin.; id. Dom. 22.—7.And with a negation, = nondum: ipsa ego non longos etiam tum scissa capillos,
not yet long, Ov. H. 8, 79.—Tum etiam.(α).Followed by si or cum, even if, even when:(β).atque equidem filium Tum etiam si nolit, cogam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 65:qui tum etiam cum... circumfusi erant caligine,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 45.—Then also, then too, besides:8.tum etiam illud cogitatote, sic vivere Cornelium ut, etc.,
Cic. Balb. 28, 65; id. N. D. 1, 16, 43; so id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Fin. 2, 16, 53; Col. 12 praef.—Tum quoque.(α).Also then, then likewise, then as before, then as on another occasion mentioned before: ceu lapidem si Percutiat lapis aut ferrum;(β).nam tum quoque lumen Exsilit,
Lucr. 6, 162:tum quoque homini plus tribui quam nescio cui necessitati,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 11, 28:tum quoque multis milibus Latinorum in civitatem acceptis,
Liv. 1, 33, 5; 2, 52, 2; 21, 22, 4; Caes. B. C. 3, 37; Ov. M. 14, 369.—Even then, = etiam tum (rare):(γ).et tamen tum quoque se absentes triumphare credunt,
Liv. 45, 38, 13; 39, 41, 3; 39, 47, 11; Ov. H. 17 (18), 190.—In orat. obliq. (v. I. A. 2.), even now:(δ).quod si Romani tum quoque aequa aspernarentur,
Liv. 42, 62, 7. —= sic quoque, even under the circumstances, even as it was, etc. (v. sic, V. 3.): ut si effugium patuisset in publicum, impleturae urbem tumultu fuerint. Tum quoque [p. 1912] aliquotiens integro corpore evaserunt, Liv. 24, 26, 13; 40, 16, 6; 43, 4, 1;9.9, 13, 9: tum quoque, amputata dextra, navem sinistra comprehendit,
Just. 2, 9, 18.—Tum ipsum = eo ipso tempore, at the very time, just then, even then (only in Cic. in four passages; cf.:C.nunc ipsum): tota igitur ratio talium largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum... moderanda est,
Cic. Off. 2, 17, 60:quem quidem cum sua voluntate ex patria Karthaginem revertisset, tum ipsum cum vigiliis et fame cruciaretur, clamat virtus beatiorem fuisse quam Thorium,
id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv. ad loc.:tum ipsum cum immolare velis extorum fieri mutatio potest,
id. Div. 1, 52, 118:ita (oratores), non injuria, quotienscunque dicerent, id quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,
id. Or. 1, 27, 123.—Tum with co-ordinating particles.1.Tum autem.(α).= praeterea, and then, besides (v. I. C. 1.): turpilucricupidum te vocant cives tui;(β).tum autem sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:oves scabrae sunt... Tum autem Surorum nemo exstat qui ibi sex menses vixerit,
id. ib. 2, 4, 141; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 4, 2, 3; id. Poen. 5, 5, 34; 5, 7, 22; Ter. And. 1, 5, 34; id. Eun. 5, 9, 7; id. Hec. 2, 1, 14; 3, 2, 10:tum autem qui non ipso honesto movemur... callidi sumus, non boni,
Cic. Leg. 1, 14, 41; id. Or. 1, 58, 247; 2, 19, 80.—= tum... tum:(γ).visne igitur inter hos populos inambulantes, tum autem residentes quaeramus eisdem de rebus?
Cic. Leg. 1, 5, 15.—= eo tempore, with autem as connective:(δ).tum illic autem Lemnius... uxorem duxit, etc.,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 25:tum autem ex omnibus montibus nives proluit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 48.—But in this instance:2.uxori emunda ancilla'st: tum autem pluscula Supellectile opus est,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 60; 5, 7, 25 sq.—For tum etiam, v. B. 7. b.—3.Tum praeterea:4.nam tui similis est probe. Tum praeterea talem, nisi tu, nulla pareret filium,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 20; so id. Ad. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 3, 2, 33; Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56 (v. I. C. 3. e. l).—Tum porro:D.tum porro venti magnam quoque tollere partem Umoris possunt,
Lucr. 6, 623; 4, 829 (827).—Quid tum?1.In dialogue, what then? what next? what further? novi ego hos pugnos meos. Ca. Quid tum? Th. Quid tum? Rogitas? Hisce ego, si tu me inritaveris, placidum te hodie reddam, Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 49; so id. As. 2, 2, 83; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 47; 3, 5, 66; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 8.—And strengthened:2.quid tum postea?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; id. As. 2, 2, 68; 2, 2, 79; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 78; 4, 2, 9; 4, 7, 23; id. Ad. 4, 5, 15; id. Hec. 4, 1, 36: videsne abundare me otio? A. Quid tum? Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 26.—In imitation of a dialogue:3.at mulctantur bonis exsules. Quid tum? Parumne multa de toleranda paupertate dicuntur?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 37, 107; so id. Quint. 22, 72; 27, 84; id. Verr. 2, 4, 59, § 132; id. Dom. 47, 123; id. Dejot. 7, 22; id. Phil. 1, 10, 26; Hor. S. 2, 3, 230.—As emphatic co-ordinative in quoting the different items of a document, law, etc.: quive in senatu sententiam dixit, dixerit. Quid tum? Qui eorum coiit, coierit, etc., what next? i. e. and then, listen! Cic. Clu. 54, 148; so id. Agr. 1, 5, 16; 3, 3, 11; id. Mur. 12, 26; id. Fl. 23, 55.—E.Tum temporis = eo tempore (post class. and rare; cf.:tunc temporis): postera die civitas principem suum, ac tum temporis consulem in foro expectabat,
Just. 31, 2, 6. -
79 ἄν
ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,Aεἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.I WITH INDICATIVE:1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.2 with [tense] fut. ind.:a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr.,μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
;οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, , al.III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
;οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.c with protasis understood:φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, .d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.e in questions, expressing a wish:τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448;πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
;τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν)ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., .2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, onceεἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twiceεἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
;ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
;ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
;ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
),εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as inὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt.,οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat.,οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, asὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
;ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.);ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.D GENERAL REMARKS:I POSITION OF ἄν.1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; asεἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, asὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, asεἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
;ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: alsoὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; .2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
;οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι), εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.------------------------------------ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.------------------------------------ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.------------------------------------ -
80 πτωχός
πτωχός, ή, όν (s. two prec. entries; Hom.+; PPetr III, 36a, 17f; 140a, 1; LXX; TestSol 10:12 C; TestJob; Test12Patr; JosAs 10:13; Philo, Hypoth. f. 1 [Eus., PE 8, 7, 6]; Joseph.; Tat. 6, 2)① pert. to being economically disadvantaged, orig. ‘begging’ (s. πένης for a differentiation betw. the two words; note the juxtaposition in Ps 39:18; 69:6 al.), dependent on others for support, but also simply poor (as Mod. Gk. φτωχός) χήρα πτωχή Mk 12:42; cp. vs. 43; Lk 21:3. Mostly as subst. (Jos., Bell. 5, 570) opp. ὁ πλούσιος one who has more than enough (Pla., Tht. 24, 175a; Maximus Tyr. 1, 9a) Lk 6:20 (cp. vs. 24); Rv 13:16; 1 Cl 38:2; Hs 2:4.—Mt 26:11; Mk 14:7; Lk 14:13, 21; 16:20, 22; J 12:6, 8; Ro 15:26 (οἱ πτ. τῶν ἁγίων τῶν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, part. gen. On the other hand πτωχοί [in the sense of 2]=ἅγιοι: KHoll, SBBerlAk 1921, 937–39 and Ltzm., exc. on Ro 15:25); 2 Cor 6:10 (in wordplay w. πλουτίζειν); Gal 2:10; Js 2:2f, 6; B 20:2; D 5:2. οἱ πτ. τῷ κόσμῳ those who are poor in the world’s estimation Js 2:5 (opp. πλούσιοι ἐν πίστει). διδόναι (τοῖς) πτ. Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21; Lk 19:8; cp. 18:22; J 13:29; D 13:4. Pass. Mt 26:9; Mk 14:5; J 12:5.② pert. to being thrust on divine resources, poor. At times the ref. is not only to the unfavorable circumstances of these people from an economic point of view; the thought is also that since they are oppressed and disillusioned they are in special need of God’s help, and may be expected to receive it shortly (cp. Od. 6, 207f πρὸς γὰρ Διός εἰσιν ἅπαντες ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε=all strangers and needy persons are wards of Zeus; LXX; HBruppacher, D. Beurteilung d. Armut im AT 1924; WSattler, D. Anawim im Zeitalter Jes. Chr.: Jülicher Festschr. 1927, 1–15; A Meyer, D. Rätsel des Jk 1930, 146ff; HBirkeland, ˓Ani u. ˓anāw in den Psalmen ’33; LMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 76f; KSchubert, The Dead Sea Community ’59, 85–88; 137–39; AGelin, The Poor of Yahweh, ’64; FDanker, The Literary Unity of Mk 14:1–25: JBL 85, ’66, 467–72; s. πλοῦτος 1). The gospel is preached to them (Is 61:1) Mt 11:5; Lk 4:18; 7:22; 1 Cl 52:2 (Ps 68:33); Pol 2:3 (εἶπεν ὁ κύριος διδάσκων).③ lacking in spiritual worth, fig. ext. of 1 (Tat. 6, 2 of humans ὁ μὲν πτωχός [in contrast to God]) οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 (cp. 1QM 14:7 עַנְוֵי רוּחַ; s. πνεῦμα 3b and Goodsp., Probs. 16f;; EBest, NTS 7, ’60/61, 255–58; SLégasse, NTS 8, ’61/62, 336–45 (Qumran); HBraun, Qumran u. d. NT I, ’66, 13; LKeck, The Poor among the Saints in Jewish Christianity and Qumran, ZNW 57, ’66, 54–78; add. lit. Betz, SM 111). The ‘messenger’ of the church at Laodicea, who says of himself πλούσιός εἰμι καὶ πεπλούτηκα, is termed πτωχός Rv 3:17. In 1 Cl 15:6, Ps 11:6 is quoted w. ref. to the situation in the Corinthian church.④ pert. to being extremely inferior in quality, miserable, shabby (Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 4 νοήματα; Iren. 2, 33, 5 [Hv I, 380, 2] of God οὐ … π. οὐδὲ ἄπορος) of the στοιχεῖα (w. ἀσθενής) Gal 4:9. Of the grace of God πτωχὴ οὐκ ἐγενήθη did not turn out to be shabby 1 Cor 15:10 v.l. (this is in keeping with the Aristotelian view that exceptional generosity produces exceptional results Aristot., EN 4, 2, 19).—JRoth, The Blind, the Lame, and the Poor etc. diss. Vanderbilt 1994. B. 782; 784. TRE IV s.v. ‘Armut’, 69–121. DELG s.v. πτήσσω III. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.
См. также в других словарях:
Dependent personality disorder — Classification and external resources ICD 10 F60.7 ICD 9 301.6 … Wikipedia
dependent — I UK [dɪˈpendənt] / US adjective *** Get it right: dependent: The usual preposition to use with dependent is on, not of: Wrong: Women in those times were totally dependent of their husbands. Right: Women in those times were totally dependent on… … English dictionary
dependent — de|pend|ent1 [ dı pendənt ] adjective *** 1. ) if you are dependent on someone or something, you need them in order to live or succeed: a married couple with dependent children dependent on/upon: They hate being dependent on their parents. 2. )… … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English
dependent*/*/ — [dɪˈpendənt] adj 1) if you are dependent on someone or something, you need them in order to live or succeed a married couple with dependent children[/ex] They hate being dependent on their parents.[/ex] 2) if one thing is dependent on another, it … Dictionary for writing and speaking English
dependent — de·pen·dent 1 adj 1: determined or conditioned by another: contingent 2 a: relying on another for esp. financial support b: lacking the necessary means of support or protection and in need of aid from others (as a public agency) have the child… … Law dictionary
Dependent States — ▪ 2009 Introduction Europe and the Atlantic. For a list of populated Dependent States, see Table (Dependent States). In May 2008 Ilulissat, Greenland, was the site of an international summit on Arctic sovereignty attended by official… … Universalium
Dependent and independent variables — The terms dependent variable and independent variable are used in similar but subtly different ways in mathematics and statistics as part of the standard terminology in those subjects. They are used to distinguish between two types of quantities… … Wikipedia
Dependent clause — In linguistics, a dependent clause (sometimes called a subordinate clause) is a clause that augments an independent clause with additional information, but which cannot stand alone as a sentence. Dependent clauses modify the independent clause of … Wikipedia
Dependent and independent verb forms — In the Goidelic languages, dependent and independent verb forms are distinct verb forms; each tense of each verb exists in both forms. Verbs are often preceded by a particle which marks negation, or a question, or has some other force. The… … Wikipedia
Dependent territory — A dependent territory, dependent area or dependency is a territory that does not possess full political independence or sovereignty as a State, and remains politically outside of the controlling state s integral area.[1] A dependency is commonly… … Wikipedia
Dependent Records — This article is about a German publisher of electro industrial and related music. For the defunct Canadian indie rock label, see Dependent Music. Dependent Records is a German independent record label that mainly focuses on aggrotech, electro… … Wikipedia